Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" |
| 2 | "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd"> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3 | <html> |
| 4 | <head> |
| 5 | <title>LLVM Programmer's Manual</title> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6 | <link rel="stylesheet" href="llvm.css" type="text/css"> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 7 | </head> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 8 | <body> |
| 9 | |
| 10 | <div class="doc_title"> |
| 11 | LLVM Programmer's Manual |
| 12 | </div> |
| 13 | |
Chris Lattner | 9355b47 | 2002-09-06 02:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 14 | <ol> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 15 | <li><a href="#introduction">Introduction</a></li> |
Chris Lattner | 9355b47 | 2002-09-06 02:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | <li><a href="#general">General Information</a> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 17 | <ul> |
Reid Spencer | fe8f4ff | 2004-11-01 09:02:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 18 | <li><a href="#stl">The C++ Standard Template Library</a></li> |
| 19 | <!-- |
| 20 | <li>The <tt>-time-passes</tt> option</li> |
| 21 | <li>How to use the LLVM Makefile system</li> |
| 22 | <li>How to write a regression test</li> |
Chris Lattner | 61db465 | 2004-12-08 19:05:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 23 | |
Reid Spencer | fe8f4ff | 2004-11-01 09:02:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 24 | --> |
Chris Lattner | 84b7f8d | 2003-08-01 22:20:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 25 | </ul> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 26 | </li> |
| 27 | <li><a href="#apis">Important and useful LLVM APIs</a> |
| 28 | <ul> |
| 29 | <li><a href="#isa">The <tt>isa<></tt>, <tt>cast<></tt> |
| 30 | and <tt>dyn_cast<></tt> templates</a> </li> |
Misha Brukman | 2c122ce | 2005-11-01 21:12:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 31 | <li><a href="#DEBUG">The <tt>DEBUG()</tt> macro and <tt>-debug</tt> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 32 | option</a> |
| 33 | <ul> |
| 34 | <li><a href="#DEBUG_TYPE">Fine grained debug info with <tt>DEBUG_TYPE</tt> |
| 35 | and the <tt>-debug-only</tt> option</a> </li> |
| 36 | </ul> |
| 37 | </li> |
Chris Lattner | 0be6fdf | 2006-12-19 21:46:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 38 | <li><a href="#Statistic">The <tt>Statistic</tt> class & <tt>-stats</tt> |
Reid Spencer | fe8f4ff | 2004-11-01 09:02:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 39 | option</a></li> |
| 40 | <!-- |
| 41 | <li>The <tt>InstVisitor</tt> template |
| 42 | <li>The general graph API |
| 43 | --> |
Chris Lattner | f623a08 | 2005-10-17 01:36:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 44 | <li><a href="#ViewGraph">Viewing graphs while debugging code</a></li> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 45 | </ul> |
| 46 | </li> |
Chris Lattner | 098129a | 2007-02-03 03:04:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 47 | <li><a href="#datastructure">Picking the Right Data Structure for a Task</a> |
| 48 | <ul> |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 49 | <li><a href="#ds_sequential">Sequential Containers (std::vector, std::list, etc)</a> |
| 50 | <ul> |
| 51 | <li><a href="#dss_fixedarrays">Fixed Size Arrays</a></li> |
| 52 | <li><a href="#dss_heaparrays">Heap Allocated Arrays</a></li> |
| 53 | <li><a href="#dss_smallvector">"llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"</a></li> |
| 54 | <li><a href="#dss_vector"><vector></a></li> |
| 55 | <li><a href="#dss_deque"><deque></a></li> |
| 56 | <li><a href="#dss_list"><list></a></li> |
Gabor Greif | 3899e49 | 2009-02-27 11:37:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 57 | <li><a href="#dss_ilist">llvm/ADT/ilist.h</a></li> |
Chris Lattner | c572243 | 2007-02-03 19:49:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 58 | <li><a href="#dss_other">Other Sequential Container Options</a></li> |
Chris Lattner | 098129a | 2007-02-03 03:04:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 59 | </ul></li> |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 60 | <li><a href="#ds_set">Set-Like Containers (std::set, SmallSet, SetVector, etc)</a> |
| 61 | <ul> |
| 62 | <li><a href="#dss_sortedvectorset">A sorted 'vector'</a></li> |
| 63 | <li><a href="#dss_smallset">"llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h"</a></li> |
| 64 | <li><a href="#dss_smallptrset">"llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"</a></li> |
Chris Lattner | c28476f | 2007-09-30 00:58:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 65 | <li><a href="#dss_denseset">"llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"</a></li> |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 66 | <li><a href="#dss_FoldingSet">"llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"</a></li> |
| 67 | <li><a href="#dss_set"><set></a></li> |
| 68 | <li><a href="#dss_setvector">"llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"</a></li> |
Chris Lattner | c572243 | 2007-02-03 19:49:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 69 | <li><a href="#dss_uniquevector">"llvm/ADT/UniqueVector.h"</a></li> |
| 70 | <li><a href="#dss_otherset">Other Set-Like ContainerOptions</a></li> |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 71 | </ul></li> |
Chris Lattner | f369252 | 2007-02-03 19:51:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 72 | <li><a href="#ds_map">Map-Like Containers (std::map, DenseMap, etc)</a> |
| 73 | <ul> |
| 74 | <li><a href="#dss_sortedvectormap">A sorted 'vector'</a></li> |
Chris Lattner | 796f9fa | 2007-02-08 19:14:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 75 | <li><a href="#dss_stringmap">"llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"</a></li> |
Chris Lattner | f369252 | 2007-02-03 19:51:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 76 | <li><a href="#dss_indexedmap">"llvm/ADT/IndexedMap.h"</a></li> |
| 77 | <li><a href="#dss_densemap">"llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"</a></li> |
| 78 | <li><a href="#dss_map"><map></a></li> |
| 79 | <li><a href="#dss_othermap">Other Map-Like Container Options</a></li> |
| 80 | </ul></li> |
Daniel Berlin | 1939ace | 2007-09-24 17:52:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 81 | <li><a href="#ds_bit">BitVector-like containers</a> |
| 82 | <ul> |
| 83 | <li><a href="#dss_bitvector">A dense bitvector</a></li> |
| 84 | <li><a href="#dss_sparsebitvector">A sparse bitvector</a></li> |
| 85 | </ul></li> |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 86 | </ul> |
Chris Lattner | 098129a | 2007-02-03 03:04:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 87 | </li> |
Chris Lattner | ae7f759 | 2002-09-06 18:31:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 88 | <li><a href="#common">Helpful Hints for Common Operations</a> |
Chris Lattner | ae7f759 | 2002-09-06 18:31:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 89 | <ul> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 90 | <li><a href="#inspection">Basic Inspection and Traversal Routines</a> |
| 91 | <ul> |
| 92 | <li><a href="#iterate_function">Iterating over the <tt>BasicBlock</tt>s |
| 93 | in a <tt>Function</tt></a> </li> |
| 94 | <li><a href="#iterate_basicblock">Iterating over the <tt>Instruction</tt>s |
| 95 | in a <tt>BasicBlock</tt></a> </li> |
| 96 | <li><a href="#iterate_institer">Iterating over the <tt>Instruction</tt>s |
| 97 | in a <tt>Function</tt></a> </li> |
| 98 | <li><a href="#iterate_convert">Turning an iterator into a |
| 99 | class pointer</a> </li> |
| 100 | <li><a href="#iterate_complex">Finding call sites: a more |
| 101 | complex example</a> </li> |
| 102 | <li><a href="#calls_and_invokes">Treating calls and invokes |
| 103 | the same way</a> </li> |
| 104 | <li><a href="#iterate_chains">Iterating over def-use & |
| 105 | use-def chains</a> </li> |
Chris Lattner | 2e438ca | 2008-01-03 16:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 106 | <li><a href="#iterate_preds">Iterating over predecessors & |
| 107 | successors of blocks</a></li> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 108 | </ul> |
| 109 | </li> |
| 110 | <li><a href="#simplechanges">Making simple changes</a> |
| 111 | <ul> |
| 112 | <li><a href="#schanges_creating">Creating and inserting new |
| 113 | <tt>Instruction</tt>s</a> </li> |
| 114 | <li><a href="#schanges_deleting">Deleting <tt>Instruction</tt>s</a> </li> |
| 115 | <li><a href="#schanges_replacing">Replacing an <tt>Instruction</tt> |
| 116 | with another <tt>Value</tt></a> </li> |
Tanya Lattner | b011c66 | 2007-06-20 18:33:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 117 | <li><a href="#schanges_deletingGV">Deleting <tt>GlobalVariable</tt>s</a> </li> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 118 | </ul> |
Reid Spencer | fe8f4ff | 2004-11-01 09:02:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 119 | </li> |
Jeffrey Yasskin | 714257f | 2009-04-30 22:33:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 120 | <li><a href="#create_types">How to Create Types</a></li> |
Chris Lattner | ae7f759 | 2002-09-06 18:31:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 121 | <!-- |
| 122 | <li>Working with the Control Flow Graph |
| 123 | <ul> |
| 124 | <li>Accessing predecessors and successors of a <tt>BasicBlock</tt> |
| 125 | <li> |
| 126 | <li> |
| 127 | </ul> |
Reid Spencer | fe8f4ff | 2004-11-01 09:02:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 128 | --> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 129 | </ul> |
| 130 | </li> |
Chris Lattner | d9d6e10 | 2005-04-23 16:10:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 131 | |
| 132 | <li><a href="#advanced">Advanced Topics</a> |
| 133 | <ul> |
Chris Lattner | f1b200b | 2005-04-23 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 134 | <li><a href="#TypeResolve">LLVM Type Resolution</a> |
| 135 | <ul> |
| 136 | <li><a href="#BuildRecType">Basic Recursive Type Construction</a></li> |
| 137 | <li><a href="#refineAbstractTypeTo">The <tt>refineAbstractTypeTo</tt> method</a></li> |
| 138 | <li><a href="#PATypeHolder">The PATypeHolder Class</a></li> |
| 139 | <li><a href="#AbstractTypeUser">The AbstractTypeUser Class</a></li> |
| 140 | </ul></li> |
| 141 | |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 142 | <li><a href="#SymbolTable">The <tt>ValueSymbolTable</tt> and <tt>TypeSymbolTable</tt> classes</a></li> |
| 143 | <li><a href="#UserLayout">The <tt>User</tt> and owned <tt>Use</tt> classes' memory layout</a></li> |
Chris Lattner | d9d6e10 | 2005-04-23 16:10:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 144 | </ul></li> |
| 145 | |
Joel Stanley | 9b96c44 | 2002-09-06 21:55:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 146 | <li><a href="#coreclasses">The Core LLVM Class Hierarchy Reference</a> |
Chris Lattner | 9355b47 | 2002-09-06 02:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 147 | <ul> |
Reid Spencer | 303c4b4 | 2007-01-12 17:26:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 148 | <li><a href="#Type">The <tt>Type</tt> class</a> </li> |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 149 | <li><a href="#Module">The <tt>Module</tt> class</a></li> |
Reid Spencer | fe8f4ff | 2004-11-01 09:02:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 150 | <li><a href="#Value">The <tt>Value</tt> class</a> |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 151 | <ul> |
| 152 | <li><a href="#User">The <tt>User</tt> class</a> |
Chris Lattner | 9355b47 | 2002-09-06 02:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 153 | <ul> |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 154 | <li><a href="#Instruction">The <tt>Instruction</tt> class</a></li> |
| 155 | <li><a href="#Constant">The <tt>Constant</tt> class</a> |
| 156 | <ul> |
| 157 | <li><a href="#GlobalValue">The <tt>GlobalValue</tt> class</a> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 158 | <ul> |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 159 | <li><a href="#Function">The <tt>Function</tt> class</a></li> |
| 160 | <li><a href="#GlobalVariable">The <tt>GlobalVariable</tt> class</a></li> |
| 161 | </ul> |
| 162 | </li> |
| 163 | </ul> |
| 164 | </li> |
Reid Spencer | fe8f4ff | 2004-11-01 09:02:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 165 | </ul> |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 166 | </li> |
| 167 | <li><a href="#BasicBlock">The <tt>BasicBlock</tt> class</a></li> |
| 168 | <li><a href="#Argument">The <tt>Argument</tt> class</a></li> |
| 169 | </ul> |
Reid Spencer | fe8f4ff | 2004-11-01 09:02:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 170 | </li> |
| 171 | </ul> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 172 | </li> |
Chris Lattner | 9355b47 | 2002-09-06 02:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 173 | </ol> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 174 | |
Chris Lattner | 69bf8a9 | 2004-05-23 21:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 175 | <div class="doc_author"> |
| 176 | <p>Written by <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a>, |
Chris Lattner | 94c4359 | 2004-05-26 16:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 177 | <a href="mailto:dhurjati@cs.uiuc.edu">Dinakar Dhurjati</a>, |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 178 | <a href="mailto:ggreif@gmail.com">Gabor Greif</a>, |
| 179 | <a href="mailto:jstanley@cs.uiuc.edu">Joel Stanley</a> and |
Chris Lattner | 94c4359 | 2004-05-26 16:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 180 | <a href="mailto:rspencer@x10sys.com">Reid Spencer</a></p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 181 | </div> |
| 182 | |
Chris Lattner | 9355b47 | 2002-09-06 02:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 183 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 184 | <div class="doc_section"> |
| 185 | <a name="introduction">Introduction </a> |
| 186 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | 9355b47 | 2002-09-06 02:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 187 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 188 | |
| 189 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 190 | |
| 191 | <p>This document is meant to highlight some of the important classes and |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 192 | interfaces available in the LLVM source-base. This manual is not |
| 193 | intended to explain what LLVM is, how it works, and what LLVM code looks |
| 194 | like. It assumes that you know the basics of LLVM and are interested |
| 195 | in writing transformations or otherwise analyzing or manipulating the |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 196 | code.</p> |
| 197 | |
| 198 | <p>This document should get you oriented so that you can find your |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 199 | way in the continuously growing source code that makes up the LLVM |
| 200 | infrastructure. Note that this manual is not intended to serve as a |
| 201 | replacement for reading the source code, so if you think there should be |
| 202 | a method in one of these classes to do something, but it's not listed, |
| 203 | check the source. Links to the <a href="/doxygen/">doxygen</a> sources |
| 204 | are provided to make this as easy as possible.</p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 205 | |
| 206 | <p>The first section of this document describes general information that is |
| 207 | useful to know when working in the LLVM infrastructure, and the second describes |
| 208 | the Core LLVM classes. In the future this manual will be extended with |
| 209 | information describing how to use extension libraries, such as dominator |
| 210 | information, CFG traversal routines, and useful utilities like the <tt><a |
| 211 | href="/doxygen/InstVisitor_8h-source.html">InstVisitor</a></tt> template.</p> |
| 212 | |
| 213 | </div> |
| 214 | |
Chris Lattner | 9355b47 | 2002-09-06 02:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 215 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 216 | <div class="doc_section"> |
| 217 | <a name="general">General Information</a> |
| 218 | </div> |
| 219 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
| 220 | |
| 221 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 222 | |
| 223 | <p>This section contains general information that is useful if you are working |
| 224 | in the LLVM source-base, but that isn't specific to any particular API.</p> |
| 225 | |
| 226 | </div> |
| 227 | |
| 228 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 229 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
| 230 | <a name="stl">The C++ Standard Template Library</a> |
| 231 | </div> |
| 232 | |
| 233 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 234 | |
| 235 | <p>LLVM makes heavy use of the C++ Standard Template Library (STL), |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 236 | perhaps much more than you are used to, or have seen before. Because of |
| 237 | this, you might want to do a little background reading in the |
| 238 | techniques used and capabilities of the library. There are many good |
| 239 | pages that discuss the STL, and several books on the subject that you |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 240 | can get, so it will not be discussed in this document.</p> |
| 241 | |
| 242 | <p>Here are some useful links:</p> |
| 243 | |
| 244 | <ol> |
| 245 | |
| 246 | <li><a href="http://www.dinkumware.com/refxcpp.html">Dinkumware C++ Library |
| 247 | reference</a> - an excellent reference for the STL and other parts of the |
| 248 | standard C++ library.</li> |
| 249 | |
| 250 | <li><a href="http://www.tempest-sw.com/cpp/">C++ In a Nutshell</a> - This is an |
Gabor Greif | 0cbcabe | 2009-03-12 09:47:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 251 | O'Reilly book in the making. It has a decent Standard Library |
| 252 | Reference that rivals Dinkumware's, and is unfortunately no longer free since the |
| 253 | book has been published.</li> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 254 | |
| 255 | <li><a href="http://www.parashift.com/c++-faq-lite/">C++ Frequently Asked |
| 256 | Questions</a></li> |
| 257 | |
| 258 | <li><a href="http://www.sgi.com/tech/stl/">SGI's STL Programmer's Guide</a> - |
| 259 | Contains a useful <a |
| 260 | href="http://www.sgi.com/tech/stl/stl_introduction.html">Introduction to the |
| 261 | STL</a>.</li> |
| 262 | |
| 263 | <li><a href="http://www.research.att.com/%7Ebs/C++.html">Bjarne Stroustrup's C++ |
| 264 | Page</a></li> |
| 265 | |
Tanya Lattner | 79445ba | 2004-12-08 18:34:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 266 | <li><a href="http://64.78.49.204/"> |
Reid Spencer | 096603a | 2004-05-26 08:41:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 267 | Bruce Eckel's Thinking in C++, 2nd ed. Volume 2 Revision 4.0 (even better, get |
| 268 | the book).</a></li> |
| 269 | |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 270 | </ol> |
| 271 | |
| 272 | <p>You are also encouraged to take a look at the <a |
| 273 | href="CodingStandards.html">LLVM Coding Standards</a> guide which focuses on how |
| 274 | to write maintainable code more than where to put your curly braces.</p> |
| 275 | |
| 276 | </div> |
| 277 | |
| 278 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 279 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
| 280 | <a name="stl">Other useful references</a> |
| 281 | </div> |
| 282 | |
| 283 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 284 | |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 285 | <ol> |
| 286 | <li><a href="http://www.psc.edu/%7Esemke/cvs_branches.html">CVS |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 287 | Branch and Tag Primer</a></li> |
Misha Brukman | a0f71e4 | 2004-06-18 18:39:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 288 | <li><a href="http://www.fortran-2000.com/ArnaudRecipes/sharedlib.html">Using |
| 289 | static and shared libraries across platforms</a></li> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 290 | </ol> |
| 291 | |
| 292 | </div> |
| 293 | |
Chris Lattner | 9355b47 | 2002-09-06 02:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 294 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 295 | <div class="doc_section"> |
| 296 | <a name="apis">Important and useful LLVM APIs</a> |
| 297 | </div> |
| 298 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
| 299 | |
| 300 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 301 | |
| 302 | <p>Here we highlight some LLVM APIs that are generally useful and good to |
| 303 | know about when writing transformations.</p> |
| 304 | |
| 305 | </div> |
| 306 | |
| 307 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 308 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
Misha Brukman | 2c122ce | 2005-11-01 21:12:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 309 | <a name="isa">The <tt>isa<></tt>, <tt>cast<></tt> and |
| 310 | <tt>dyn_cast<></tt> templates</a> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 311 | </div> |
| 312 | |
| 313 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 314 | |
| 315 | <p>The LLVM source-base makes extensive use of a custom form of RTTI. |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 316 | These templates have many similarities to the C++ <tt>dynamic_cast<></tt> |
| 317 | operator, but they don't have some drawbacks (primarily stemming from |
| 318 | the fact that <tt>dynamic_cast<></tt> only works on classes that |
| 319 | have a v-table). Because they are used so often, you must know what they |
| 320 | do and how they work. All of these templates are defined in the <a |
Chris Lattner | 695b78b | 2005-04-26 22:56:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 321 | href="/doxygen/Casting_8h-source.html"><tt>llvm/Support/Casting.h</tt></a> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 322 | file (note that you very rarely have to include this file directly).</p> |
| 323 | |
| 324 | <dl> |
| 325 | <dt><tt>isa<></tt>: </dt> |
| 326 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 327 | <dd><p>The <tt>isa<></tt> operator works exactly like the Java |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 328 | "<tt>instanceof</tt>" operator. It returns true or false depending on whether |
| 329 | a reference or pointer points to an instance of the specified class. This can |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 330 | be very useful for constraint checking of various sorts (example below).</p> |
| 331 | </dd> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 332 | |
| 333 | <dt><tt>cast<></tt>: </dt> |
| 334 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 335 | <dd><p>The <tt>cast<></tt> operator is a "checked cast" operation. It |
Chris Lattner | 28e6ff5 | 2008-06-20 05:03:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 336 | converts a pointer or reference from a base class to a derived class, causing |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 337 | an assertion failure if it is not really an instance of the right type. This |
| 338 | should be used in cases where you have some information that makes you believe |
| 339 | that something is of the right type. An example of the <tt>isa<></tt> |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 340 | and <tt>cast<></tt> template is:</p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 341 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 342 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 343 | <pre> |
| 344 | static bool isLoopInvariant(const <a href="#Value">Value</a> *V, const Loop *L) { |
| 345 | if (isa<<a href="#Constant">Constant</a>>(V) || isa<<a href="#Argument">Argument</a>>(V) || isa<<a href="#GlobalValue">GlobalValue</a>>(V)) |
| 346 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | 69bf8a9 | 2004-05-23 21:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 347 | |
Bill Wendling | 82e2eea | 2006-10-11 18:00:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 348 | // <i>Otherwise, it must be an instruction...</i> |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 349 | return !L->contains(cast<<a href="#Instruction">Instruction</a>>(V)->getParent()); |
| 350 | } |
| 351 | </pre> |
| 352 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 353 | |
| 354 | <p>Note that you should <b>not</b> use an <tt>isa<></tt> test followed |
| 355 | by a <tt>cast<></tt>, for that use the <tt>dyn_cast<></tt> |
| 356 | operator.</p> |
| 357 | |
| 358 | </dd> |
| 359 | |
| 360 | <dt><tt>dyn_cast<></tt>:</dt> |
| 361 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 362 | <dd><p>The <tt>dyn_cast<></tt> operator is a "checking cast" operation. |
| 363 | It checks to see if the operand is of the specified type, and if so, returns a |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 364 | pointer to it (this operator does not work with references). If the operand is |
| 365 | not of the correct type, a null pointer is returned. Thus, this works very |
Misha Brukman | 2c122ce | 2005-11-01 21:12:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 366 | much like the <tt>dynamic_cast<></tt> operator in C++, and should be |
| 367 | used in the same circumstances. Typically, the <tt>dyn_cast<></tt> |
| 368 | operator is used in an <tt>if</tt> statement or some other flow control |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 369 | statement like this:</p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 370 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 371 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 372 | <pre> |
| 373 | if (<a href="#AllocationInst">AllocationInst</a> *AI = dyn_cast<<a href="#AllocationInst">AllocationInst</a>>(Val)) { |
Bill Wendling | 82e2eea | 2006-10-11 18:00:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 374 | // <i>...</i> |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 375 | } |
| 376 | </pre> |
| 377 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 378 | |
Misha Brukman | 2c122ce | 2005-11-01 21:12:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 379 | <p>This form of the <tt>if</tt> statement effectively combines together a call |
| 380 | to <tt>isa<></tt> and a call to <tt>cast<></tt> into one |
| 381 | statement, which is very convenient.</p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 382 | |
Misha Brukman | 2c122ce | 2005-11-01 21:12:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 383 | <p>Note that the <tt>dyn_cast<></tt> operator, like C++'s |
| 384 | <tt>dynamic_cast<></tt> or Java's <tt>instanceof</tt> operator, can be |
| 385 | abused. In particular, you should not use big chained <tt>if/then/else</tt> |
| 386 | blocks to check for lots of different variants of classes. If you find |
| 387 | yourself wanting to do this, it is much cleaner and more efficient to use the |
| 388 | <tt>InstVisitor</tt> class to dispatch over the instruction type directly.</p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 389 | |
Misha Brukman | 2c122ce | 2005-11-01 21:12:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 390 | </dd> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 391 | |
Misha Brukman | 2c122ce | 2005-11-01 21:12:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 392 | <dt><tt>cast_or_null<></tt>: </dt> |
| 393 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 394 | <dd><p>The <tt>cast_or_null<></tt> operator works just like the |
Misha Brukman | 2c122ce | 2005-11-01 21:12:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 395 | <tt>cast<></tt> operator, except that it allows for a null pointer as an |
| 396 | argument (which it then propagates). This can sometimes be useful, allowing |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 397 | you to combine several null checks into one.</p></dd> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 398 | |
Misha Brukman | 2c122ce | 2005-11-01 21:12:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 399 | <dt><tt>dyn_cast_or_null<></tt>: </dt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 400 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 401 | <dd><p>The <tt>dyn_cast_or_null<></tt> operator works just like the |
Misha Brukman | 2c122ce | 2005-11-01 21:12:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 402 | <tt>dyn_cast<></tt> operator, except that it allows for a null pointer |
| 403 | as an argument (which it then propagates). This can sometimes be useful, |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 404 | allowing you to combine several null checks into one.</p></dd> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 405 | |
Misha Brukman | 2c122ce | 2005-11-01 21:12:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 406 | </dl> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 407 | |
| 408 | <p>These five templates can be used with any classes, whether they have a |
| 409 | v-table or not. To add support for these templates, you simply need to add |
| 410 | <tt>classof</tt> static methods to the class you are interested casting |
| 411 | to. Describing this is currently outside the scope of this document, but there |
| 412 | are lots of examples in the LLVM source base.</p> |
| 413 | |
| 414 | </div> |
| 415 | |
| 416 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 417 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
Misha Brukman | 2c122ce | 2005-11-01 21:12:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 418 | <a name="DEBUG">The <tt>DEBUG()</tt> macro and <tt>-debug</tt> option</a> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 419 | </div> |
| 420 | |
| 421 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 422 | |
| 423 | <p>Often when working on your pass you will put a bunch of debugging printouts |
| 424 | and other code into your pass. After you get it working, you want to remove |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 425 | it, but you may need it again in the future (to work out new bugs that you run |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 426 | across).</p> |
| 427 | |
| 428 | <p> Naturally, because of this, you don't want to delete the debug printouts, |
| 429 | but you don't want them to always be noisy. A standard compromise is to comment |
| 430 | them out, allowing you to enable them if you need them in the future.</p> |
| 431 | |
Chris Lattner | 695b78b | 2005-04-26 22:56:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 432 | <p>The "<tt><a href="/doxygen/Debug_8h-source.html">llvm/Support/Debug.h</a></tt>" |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 433 | file provides a macro named <tt>DEBUG()</tt> that is a much nicer solution to |
| 434 | this problem. Basically, you can put arbitrary code into the argument of the |
| 435 | <tt>DEBUG</tt> macro, and it is only executed if '<tt>opt</tt>' (or any other |
| 436 | tool) is run with the '<tt>-debug</tt>' command line argument:</p> |
| 437 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 438 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 439 | <pre> |
Bill Wendling | 832171c | 2006-12-07 20:04:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 440 | DOUT << "I am here!\n"; |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 441 | </pre> |
| 442 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 443 | |
| 444 | <p>Then you can run your pass like this:</p> |
| 445 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 446 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 447 | <pre> |
| 448 | $ opt < a.bc > /dev/null -mypass |
Bill Wendling | 82e2eea | 2006-10-11 18:00:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 449 | <i><no output></i> |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 450 | $ opt < a.bc > /dev/null -mypass -debug |
| 451 | I am here! |
| 452 | </pre> |
| 453 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 454 | |
| 455 | <p>Using the <tt>DEBUG()</tt> macro instead of a home-brewed solution allows you |
| 456 | to not have to create "yet another" command line option for the debug output for |
| 457 | your pass. Note that <tt>DEBUG()</tt> macros are disabled for optimized builds, |
| 458 | so they do not cause a performance impact at all (for the same reason, they |
| 459 | should also not contain side-effects!).</p> |
| 460 | |
| 461 | <p>One additional nice thing about the <tt>DEBUG()</tt> macro is that you can |
| 462 | enable or disable it directly in gdb. Just use "<tt>set DebugFlag=0</tt>" or |
| 463 | "<tt>set DebugFlag=1</tt>" from the gdb if the program is running. If the |
| 464 | program hasn't been started yet, you can always just run it with |
| 465 | <tt>-debug</tt>.</p> |
| 466 | |
| 467 | </div> |
| 468 | |
| 469 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 470 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
Chris Lattner | c915108 | 2005-04-26 22:57:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 471 | <a name="DEBUG_TYPE">Fine grained debug info with <tt>DEBUG_TYPE</tt> and |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 472 | the <tt>-debug-only</tt> option</a> |
| 473 | </div> |
| 474 | |
| 475 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 476 | |
| 477 | <p>Sometimes you may find yourself in a situation where enabling <tt>-debug</tt> |
| 478 | just turns on <b>too much</b> information (such as when working on the code |
| 479 | generator). If you want to enable debug information with more fine-grained |
| 480 | control, you define the <tt>DEBUG_TYPE</tt> macro and the <tt>-debug</tt> only |
| 481 | option as follows:</p> |
| 482 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 483 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 484 | <pre> |
Bill Wendling | 832171c | 2006-12-07 20:04:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 485 | DOUT << "No debug type\n"; |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 486 | #undef DEBUG_TYPE |
| 487 | #define DEBUG_TYPE "foo" |
Bill Wendling | 832171c | 2006-12-07 20:04:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 488 | DOUT << "'foo' debug type\n"; |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 489 | #undef DEBUG_TYPE |
| 490 | #define DEBUG_TYPE "bar" |
Bill Wendling | 832171c | 2006-12-07 20:04:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 491 | DOUT << "'bar' debug type\n"; |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 492 | #undef DEBUG_TYPE |
| 493 | #define DEBUG_TYPE "" |
Bill Wendling | 832171c | 2006-12-07 20:04:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 494 | DOUT << "No debug type (2)\n"; |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 495 | </pre> |
| 496 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 497 | |
| 498 | <p>Then you can run your pass like this:</p> |
| 499 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 500 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 501 | <pre> |
| 502 | $ opt < a.bc > /dev/null -mypass |
Bill Wendling | 82e2eea | 2006-10-11 18:00:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 503 | <i><no output></i> |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 504 | $ opt < a.bc > /dev/null -mypass -debug |
| 505 | No debug type |
| 506 | 'foo' debug type |
| 507 | 'bar' debug type |
| 508 | No debug type (2) |
| 509 | $ opt < a.bc > /dev/null -mypass -debug-only=foo |
| 510 | 'foo' debug type |
| 511 | $ opt < a.bc > /dev/null -mypass -debug-only=bar |
| 512 | 'bar' debug type |
| 513 | </pre> |
| 514 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 515 | |
| 516 | <p>Of course, in practice, you should only set <tt>DEBUG_TYPE</tt> at the top of |
| 517 | a file, to specify the debug type for the entire module (if you do this before |
Chris Lattner | 695b78b | 2005-04-26 22:56:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 518 | you <tt>#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"</tt>, you don't have to insert the ugly |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 519 | <tt>#undef</tt>'s). Also, you should use names more meaningful than "foo" and |
| 520 | "bar", because there is no system in place to ensure that names do not |
| 521 | conflict. If two different modules use the same string, they will all be turned |
| 522 | on when the name is specified. This allows, for example, all debug information |
| 523 | for instruction scheduling to be enabled with <tt>-debug-type=InstrSched</tt>, |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 524 | even if the source lives in multiple files.</p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 525 | |
| 526 | </div> |
| 527 | |
| 528 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 529 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
Chris Lattner | 0be6fdf | 2006-12-19 21:46:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 530 | <a name="Statistic">The <tt>Statistic</tt> class & <tt>-stats</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 531 | option</a> |
| 532 | </div> |
| 533 | |
| 534 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 535 | |
| 536 | <p>The "<tt><a |
Chris Lattner | 695b78b | 2005-04-26 22:56:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 537 | href="/doxygen/Statistic_8h-source.html">llvm/ADT/Statistic.h</a></tt>" file |
Chris Lattner | 0be6fdf | 2006-12-19 21:46:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 538 | provides a class named <tt>Statistic</tt> that is used as a unified way to |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 539 | keep track of what the LLVM compiler is doing and how effective various |
| 540 | optimizations are. It is useful to see what optimizations are contributing to |
| 541 | making a particular program run faster.</p> |
| 542 | |
| 543 | <p>Often you may run your pass on some big program, and you're interested to see |
| 544 | how many times it makes a certain transformation. Although you can do this with |
| 545 | hand inspection, or some ad-hoc method, this is a real pain and not very useful |
Chris Lattner | 0be6fdf | 2006-12-19 21:46:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 546 | for big programs. Using the <tt>Statistic</tt> class makes it very easy to |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 547 | keep track of this information, and the calculated information is presented in a |
| 548 | uniform manner with the rest of the passes being executed.</p> |
| 549 | |
| 550 | <p>There are many examples of <tt>Statistic</tt> uses, but the basics of using |
| 551 | it are as follows:</p> |
| 552 | |
| 553 | <ol> |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 554 | <li><p>Define your statistic like this:</p> |
| 555 | |
| 556 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 557 | <pre> |
Chris Lattner | 0be6fdf | 2006-12-19 21:46:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 558 | #define <a href="#DEBUG_TYPE">DEBUG_TYPE</a> "mypassname" <i>// This goes before any #includes.</i> |
| 559 | STATISTIC(NumXForms, "The # of times I did stuff"); |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 560 | </pre> |
| 561 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 562 | |
Chris Lattner | 0be6fdf | 2006-12-19 21:46:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 563 | <p>The <tt>STATISTIC</tt> macro defines a static variable, whose name is |
| 564 | specified by the first argument. The pass name is taken from the DEBUG_TYPE |
| 565 | macro, and the description is taken from the second argument. The variable |
Reid Spencer | 06565dc | 2007-01-12 17:11:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 566 | defined ("NumXForms" in this case) acts like an unsigned integer.</p></li> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 567 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 568 | <li><p>Whenever you make a transformation, bump the counter:</p> |
| 569 | |
| 570 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 571 | <pre> |
Bill Wendling | 82e2eea | 2006-10-11 18:00:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 572 | ++NumXForms; // <i>I did stuff!</i> |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 573 | </pre> |
| 574 | </div> |
| 575 | |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 576 | </li> |
| 577 | </ol> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 578 | |
| 579 | <p>That's all you have to do. To get '<tt>opt</tt>' to print out the |
| 580 | statistics gathered, use the '<tt>-stats</tt>' option:</p> |
| 581 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 582 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 583 | <pre> |
| 584 | $ opt -stats -mypassname < program.bc > /dev/null |
Bill Wendling | 82e2eea | 2006-10-11 18:00:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 585 | <i>... statistics output ...</i> |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 586 | </pre> |
| 587 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 588 | |
Reid Spencer | 6b6c73e | 2007-02-09 16:00:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 589 | <p> When running <tt>opt</tt> on a C file from the SPEC benchmark |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 590 | suite, it gives a report that looks like this:</p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 591 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 592 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 593 | <pre> |
Gabor Greif | 04367bf | 2007-07-06 22:07:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 594 | 7646 bitcodewriter - Number of normal instructions |
| 595 | 725 bitcodewriter - Number of oversized instructions |
| 596 | 129996 bitcodewriter - Number of bitcode bytes written |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 597 | 2817 raise - Number of insts DCEd or constprop'd |
| 598 | 3213 raise - Number of cast-of-self removed |
| 599 | 5046 raise - Number of expression trees converted |
| 600 | 75 raise - Number of other getelementptr's formed |
| 601 | 138 raise - Number of load/store peepholes |
| 602 | 42 deadtypeelim - Number of unused typenames removed from symtab |
| 603 | 392 funcresolve - Number of varargs functions resolved |
| 604 | 27 globaldce - Number of global variables removed |
| 605 | 2 adce - Number of basic blocks removed |
| 606 | 134 cee - Number of branches revectored |
| 607 | 49 cee - Number of setcc instruction eliminated |
| 608 | 532 gcse - Number of loads removed |
| 609 | 2919 gcse - Number of instructions removed |
| 610 | 86 indvars - Number of canonical indvars added |
| 611 | 87 indvars - Number of aux indvars removed |
| 612 | 25 instcombine - Number of dead inst eliminate |
| 613 | 434 instcombine - Number of insts combined |
| 614 | 248 licm - Number of load insts hoisted |
| 615 | 1298 licm - Number of insts hoisted to a loop pre-header |
| 616 | 3 licm - Number of insts hoisted to multiple loop preds (bad, no loop pre-header) |
| 617 | 75 mem2reg - Number of alloca's promoted |
| 618 | 1444 cfgsimplify - Number of blocks simplified |
| 619 | </pre> |
| 620 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 621 | |
| 622 | <p>Obviously, with so many optimizations, having a unified framework for this |
| 623 | stuff is very nice. Making your pass fit well into the framework makes it more |
| 624 | maintainable and useful.</p> |
| 625 | |
| 626 | </div> |
| 627 | |
Chris Lattner | f623a08 | 2005-10-17 01:36:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 628 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 629 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
| 630 | <a name="ViewGraph">Viewing graphs while debugging code</a> |
| 631 | </div> |
| 632 | |
| 633 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 634 | |
| 635 | <p>Several of the important data structures in LLVM are graphs: for example |
| 636 | CFGs made out of LLVM <a href="#BasicBlock">BasicBlock</a>s, CFGs made out of |
| 637 | LLVM <a href="CodeGenerator.html#machinebasicblock">MachineBasicBlock</a>s, and |
| 638 | <a href="CodeGenerator.html#selectiondag_intro">Instruction Selection |
| 639 | DAGs</a>. In many cases, while debugging various parts of the compiler, it is |
| 640 | nice to instantly visualize these graphs.</p> |
| 641 | |
| 642 | <p>LLVM provides several callbacks that are available in a debug build to do |
| 643 | exactly that. If you call the <tt>Function::viewCFG()</tt> method, for example, |
| 644 | the current LLVM tool will pop up a window containing the CFG for the function |
| 645 | where each basic block is a node in the graph, and each node contains the |
| 646 | instructions in the block. Similarly, there also exists |
| 647 | <tt>Function::viewCFGOnly()</tt> (does not include the instructions), the |
| 648 | <tt>MachineFunction::viewCFG()</tt> and <tt>MachineFunction::viewCFGOnly()</tt>, |
| 649 | and the <tt>SelectionDAG::viewGraph()</tt> methods. Within GDB, for example, |
Jim Laskey | 543a0ee | 2006-10-02 12:28:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 650 | you can usually use something like <tt>call DAG.viewGraph()</tt> to pop |
Chris Lattner | f623a08 | 2005-10-17 01:36:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 651 | up a window. Alternatively, you can sprinkle calls to these functions in your |
| 652 | code in places you want to debug.</p> |
| 653 | |
| 654 | <p>Getting this to work requires a small amount of configuration. On Unix |
| 655 | systems with X11, install the <a href="http://www.graphviz.org">graphviz</a> |
| 656 | toolkit, and make sure 'dot' and 'gv' are in your path. If you are running on |
| 657 | Mac OS/X, download and install the Mac OS/X <a |
| 658 | href="http://www.pixelglow.com/graphviz/">Graphviz program</a>, and add |
Reid Spencer | 128a7a7 | 2007-02-03 21:06:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 659 | <tt>/Applications/Graphviz.app/Contents/MacOS/</tt> (or wherever you install |
Chris Lattner | f623a08 | 2005-10-17 01:36:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 660 | it) to your path. Once in your system and path are set up, rerun the LLVM |
| 661 | configure script and rebuild LLVM to enable this functionality.</p> |
| 662 | |
Jim Laskey | 543a0ee | 2006-10-02 12:28:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 663 | <p><tt>SelectionDAG</tt> has been extended to make it easier to locate |
| 664 | <i>interesting</i> nodes in large complex graphs. From gdb, if you |
| 665 | <tt>call DAG.setGraphColor(<i>node</i>, "<i>color</i>")</tt>, then the |
Reid Spencer | 128a7a7 | 2007-02-03 21:06:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 666 | next <tt>call DAG.viewGraph()</tt> would highlight the node in the |
Jim Laskey | 543a0ee | 2006-10-02 12:28:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 667 | specified color (choices of colors can be found at <a |
Chris Lattner | 302da1e | 2007-02-03 03:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 668 | href="http://www.graphviz.org/doc/info/colors.html">colors</a>.) More |
Jim Laskey | 543a0ee | 2006-10-02 12:28:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 669 | complex node attributes can be provided with <tt>call |
| 670 | DAG.setGraphAttrs(<i>node</i>, "<i>attributes</i>")</tt> (choices can be |
| 671 | found at <a href="http://www.graphviz.org/doc/info/attrs.html">Graph |
| 672 | Attributes</a>.) If you want to restart and clear all the current graph |
| 673 | attributes, then you can <tt>call DAG.clearGraphAttrs()</tt>. </p> |
| 674 | |
Chris Lattner | f623a08 | 2005-10-17 01:36:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 675 | </div> |
| 676 | |
Chris Lattner | 098129a | 2007-02-03 03:04:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 677 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
| 678 | <div class="doc_section"> |
| 679 | <a name="datastructure">Picking the Right Data Structure for a Task</a> |
| 680 | </div> |
| 681 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
| 682 | |
| 683 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 684 | |
Reid Spencer | 128a7a7 | 2007-02-03 21:06:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 685 | <p>LLVM has a plethora of data structures in the <tt>llvm/ADT/</tt> directory, |
| 686 | and we commonly use STL data structures. This section describes the trade-offs |
Chris Lattner | 098129a | 2007-02-03 03:04:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 687 | you should consider when you pick one.</p> |
| 688 | |
| 689 | <p> |
| 690 | The first step is a choose your own adventure: do you want a sequential |
| 691 | container, a set-like container, or a map-like container? The most important |
| 692 | thing when choosing a container is the algorithmic properties of how you plan to |
| 693 | access the container. Based on that, you should use:</p> |
| 694 | |
| 695 | <ul> |
Reid Spencer | 128a7a7 | 2007-02-03 21:06:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 696 | <li>a <a href="#ds_map">map-like</a> container if you need efficient look-up |
Chris Lattner | 098129a | 2007-02-03 03:04:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 697 | of an value based on another value. Map-like containers also support |
| 698 | efficient queries for containment (whether a key is in the map). Map-like |
| 699 | containers generally do not support efficient reverse mapping (values to |
| 700 | keys). If you need that, use two maps. Some map-like containers also |
| 701 | support efficient iteration through the keys in sorted order. Map-like |
| 702 | containers are the most expensive sort, only use them if you need one of |
| 703 | these capabilities.</li> |
| 704 | |
| 705 | <li>a <a href="#ds_set">set-like</a> container if you need to put a bunch of |
| 706 | stuff into a container that automatically eliminates duplicates. Some |
| 707 | set-like containers support efficient iteration through the elements in |
| 708 | sorted order. Set-like containers are more expensive than sequential |
| 709 | containers. |
| 710 | </li> |
| 711 | |
| 712 | <li>a <a href="#ds_sequential">sequential</a> container provides |
| 713 | the most efficient way to add elements and keeps track of the order they are |
| 714 | added to the collection. They permit duplicates and support efficient |
Reid Spencer | 128a7a7 | 2007-02-03 21:06:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 715 | iteration, but do not support efficient look-up based on a key. |
Chris Lattner | 098129a | 2007-02-03 03:04:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 716 | </li> |
| 717 | |
Daniel Berlin | 1939ace | 2007-09-24 17:52:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 718 | <li>a <a href="#ds_bit">bit</a> container provides an efficient way to store and |
| 719 | perform set operations on sets of numeric id's, while automatically |
| 720 | eliminating duplicates. Bit containers require a maximum of 1 bit for each |
| 721 | identifier you want to store. |
| 722 | </li> |
Chris Lattner | 098129a | 2007-02-03 03:04:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 723 | </ul> |
| 724 | |
| 725 | <p> |
Reid Spencer | 128a7a7 | 2007-02-03 21:06:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 726 | Once the proper category of container is determined, you can fine tune the |
Chris Lattner | 098129a | 2007-02-03 03:04:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 727 | memory use, constant factors, and cache behaviors of access by intelligently |
Reid Spencer | 128a7a7 | 2007-02-03 21:06:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 728 | picking a member of the category. Note that constant factors and cache behavior |
Chris Lattner | 098129a | 2007-02-03 03:04:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 729 | can be a big deal. If you have a vector that usually only contains a few |
| 730 | elements (but could contain many), for example, it's much better to use |
| 731 | <a href="#dss_smallvector">SmallVector</a> than <a href="#dss_vector">vector</a> |
| 732 | . Doing so avoids (relatively) expensive malloc/free calls, which dwarf the |
| 733 | cost of adding the elements to the container. </p> |
| 734 | |
| 735 | </div> |
| 736 | |
| 737 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 738 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
| 739 | <a name="ds_sequential">Sequential Containers (std::vector, std::list, etc)</a> |
| 740 | </div> |
| 741 | |
| 742 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 743 | There are a variety of sequential containers available for you, based on your |
| 744 | needs. Pick the first in this section that will do what you want. |
| 745 | </div> |
| 746 | |
| 747 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 748 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 749 | <a name="dss_fixedarrays">Fixed Size Arrays</a> |
| 750 | </div> |
| 751 | |
| 752 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 753 | <p>Fixed size arrays are very simple and very fast. They are good if you know |
| 754 | exactly how many elements you have, or you have a (low) upper bound on how many |
| 755 | you have.</p> |
| 756 | </div> |
| 757 | |
| 758 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 759 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 760 | <a name="dss_heaparrays">Heap Allocated Arrays</a> |
| 761 | </div> |
| 762 | |
| 763 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 764 | <p>Heap allocated arrays (new[] + delete[]) are also simple. They are good if |
| 765 | the number of elements is variable, if you know how many elements you will need |
| 766 | before the array is allocated, and if the array is usually large (if not, |
| 767 | consider a <a href="#dss_smallvector">SmallVector</a>). The cost of a heap |
| 768 | allocated array is the cost of the new/delete (aka malloc/free). Also note that |
| 769 | if you are allocating an array of a type with a constructor, the constructor and |
Reid Spencer | 128a7a7 | 2007-02-03 21:06:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 770 | destructors will be run for every element in the array (re-sizable vectors only |
Chris Lattner | 098129a | 2007-02-03 03:04:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 771 | construct those elements actually used).</p> |
| 772 | </div> |
| 773 | |
| 774 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 775 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 776 | <a name="dss_smallvector">"llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"</a> |
| 777 | </div> |
| 778 | |
| 779 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 780 | <p><tt>SmallVector<Type, N></tt> is a simple class that looks and smells |
| 781 | just like <tt>vector<Type></tt>: |
| 782 | it supports efficient iteration, lays out elements in memory order (so you can |
| 783 | do pointer arithmetic between elements), supports efficient push_back/pop_back |
| 784 | operations, supports efficient random access to its elements, etc.</p> |
| 785 | |
| 786 | <p>The advantage of SmallVector is that it allocates space for |
| 787 | some number of elements (N) <b>in the object itself</b>. Because of this, if |
| 788 | the SmallVector is dynamically smaller than N, no malloc is performed. This can |
| 789 | be a big win in cases where the malloc/free call is far more expensive than the |
| 790 | code that fiddles around with the elements.</p> |
| 791 | |
| 792 | <p>This is good for vectors that are "usually small" (e.g. the number of |
| 793 | predecessors/successors of a block is usually less than 8). On the other hand, |
| 794 | this makes the size of the SmallVector itself large, so you don't want to |
| 795 | allocate lots of them (doing so will waste a lot of space). As such, |
| 796 | SmallVectors are most useful when on the stack.</p> |
| 797 | |
| 798 | <p>SmallVector also provides a nice portable and efficient replacement for |
| 799 | <tt>alloca</tt>.</p> |
| 800 | |
| 801 | </div> |
| 802 | |
| 803 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 804 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 805 | <a name="dss_vector"><vector></a> |
| 806 | </div> |
| 807 | |
| 808 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 809 | <p> |
| 810 | std::vector is well loved and respected. It is useful when SmallVector isn't: |
| 811 | when the size of the vector is often large (thus the small optimization will |
| 812 | rarely be a benefit) or if you will be allocating many instances of the vector |
| 813 | itself (which would waste space for elements that aren't in the container). |
| 814 | vector is also useful when interfacing with code that expects vectors :). |
| 815 | </p> |
Chris Lattner | 32d8476 | 2007-02-05 06:30:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 816 | |
| 817 | <p>One worthwhile note about std::vector: avoid code like this:</p> |
| 818 | |
| 819 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 820 | <pre> |
| 821 | for ( ... ) { |
Chris Lattner | 9bb3dbb | 2007-03-28 18:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 822 | std::vector<foo> V; |
Chris Lattner | 32d8476 | 2007-02-05 06:30:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 823 | use V; |
| 824 | } |
| 825 | </pre> |
| 826 | </div> |
| 827 | |
| 828 | <p>Instead, write this as:</p> |
| 829 | |
| 830 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 831 | <pre> |
Chris Lattner | 9bb3dbb | 2007-03-28 18:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 832 | std::vector<foo> V; |
Chris Lattner | 32d8476 | 2007-02-05 06:30:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 833 | for ( ... ) { |
| 834 | use V; |
| 835 | V.clear(); |
| 836 | } |
| 837 | </pre> |
| 838 | </div> |
| 839 | |
| 840 | <p>Doing so will save (at least) one heap allocation and free per iteration of |
| 841 | the loop.</p> |
| 842 | |
Chris Lattner | 098129a | 2007-02-03 03:04:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 843 | </div> |
| 844 | |
| 845 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 846 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 847 | <a name="dss_deque"><deque></a> |
| 848 | </div> |
| 849 | |
| 850 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 851 | <p>std::deque is, in some senses, a generalized version of std::vector. Like |
| 852 | std::vector, it provides constant time random access and other similar |
| 853 | properties, but it also provides efficient access to the front of the list. It |
| 854 | does not guarantee continuity of elements within memory.</p> |
| 855 | |
| 856 | <p>In exchange for this extra flexibility, std::deque has significantly higher |
| 857 | constant factor costs than std::vector. If possible, use std::vector or |
| 858 | something cheaper.</p> |
| 859 | </div> |
| 860 | |
| 861 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 862 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
Chris Lattner | 098129a | 2007-02-03 03:04:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 863 | <a name="dss_list"><list></a> |
| 864 | </div> |
| 865 | |
| 866 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 867 | <p>std::list is an extremely inefficient class that is rarely useful. |
| 868 | It performs a heap allocation for every element inserted into it, thus having an |
| 869 | extremely high constant factor, particularly for small data types. std::list |
| 870 | also only supports bidirectional iteration, not random access iteration.</p> |
| 871 | |
| 872 | <p>In exchange for this high cost, std::list supports efficient access to both |
| 873 | ends of the list (like std::deque, but unlike std::vector or SmallVector). In |
| 874 | addition, the iterator invalidation characteristics of std::list are stronger |
| 875 | than that of a vector class: inserting or removing an element into the list does |
| 876 | not invalidate iterator or pointers to other elements in the list.</p> |
| 877 | </div> |
| 878 | |
| 879 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 880 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
Gabor Greif | 3899e49 | 2009-02-27 11:37:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 881 | <a name="dss_ilist">llvm/ADT/ilist.h</a> |
Chris Lattner | 098129a | 2007-02-03 03:04:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 882 | </div> |
| 883 | |
| 884 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 885 | <p><tt>ilist<T></tt> implements an 'intrusive' doubly-linked list. It is |
| 886 | intrusive, because it requires the element to store and provide access to the |
| 887 | prev/next pointers for the list.</p> |
| 888 | |
Gabor Greif | 2946d1c | 2009-02-27 12:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 889 | <p><tt>ilist</tt> has the same drawbacks as <tt>std::list</tt>, and additionally |
| 890 | requires an <tt>ilist_traits</tt> implementation for the element type, but it |
| 891 | provides some novel characteristics. In particular, it can efficiently store |
| 892 | polymorphic objects, the traits class is informed when an element is inserted or |
Gabor Greif | 0cbcabe | 2009-03-12 09:47:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 893 | removed from the list, and <tt>ilist</tt>s are guaranteed to support a |
| 894 | constant-time splice operation.</p> |
Chris Lattner | 098129a | 2007-02-03 03:04:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 895 | |
Gabor Greif | 0cbcabe | 2009-03-12 09:47:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 896 | <p>These properties are exactly what we want for things like |
| 897 | <tt>Instruction</tt>s and basic blocks, which is why these are implemented with |
| 898 | <tt>ilist</tt>s.</p> |
Gabor Greif | 3899e49 | 2009-02-27 11:37:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 899 | |
| 900 | Related classes of interest are explained in the following subsections: |
| 901 | <ul> |
Gabor Greif | 0186250 | 2009-02-27 13:28:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 902 | <li><a href="#dss_ilist_traits">ilist_traits</a></li> |
Gabor Greif | 2946d1c | 2009-02-27 12:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 903 | <li><a href="#dss_iplist">iplist</a></li> |
Gabor Greif | 3899e49 | 2009-02-27 11:37:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 904 | <li><a href="#dss_ilist_node">llvm/ADT/ilist_node.h</a></li> |
Gabor Greif | 6a65f42 | 2009-03-12 10:30:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 905 | <li><a href="#dss_ilist_sentinel">Sentinels</a></li> |
Gabor Greif | 3899e49 | 2009-02-27 11:37:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 906 | </ul> |
| 907 | </div> |
| 908 | |
| 909 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 910 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
Gabor Greif | 0186250 | 2009-02-27 13:28:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 911 | <a name="dss_ilist_traits">ilist_traits</a> |
| 912 | </div> |
| 913 | |
| 914 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 915 | <p><tt>ilist_traits<T></tt> is <tt>ilist<T></tt>'s customization |
| 916 | mechanism. <tt>iplist<T></tt> (and consequently <tt>ilist<T></tt>) |
| 917 | publicly derive from this traits class.</p> |
| 918 | </div> |
| 919 | |
| 920 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 921 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
Gabor Greif | 2946d1c | 2009-02-27 12:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 922 | <a name="dss_iplist">iplist</a> |
| 923 | </div> |
| 924 | |
| 925 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 926 | <p><tt>iplist<T></tt> is <tt>ilist<T></tt>'s base and as such |
Gabor Greif | 0cbcabe | 2009-03-12 09:47:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 927 | supports a slightly narrower interface. Notably, inserters from |
| 928 | <tt>T&</tt> are absent.</p> |
Gabor Greif | 0186250 | 2009-02-27 13:28:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 929 | |
| 930 | <p><tt>ilist_traits<T></tt> is a public base of this class and can be |
| 931 | used for a wide variety of customizations.</p> |
Gabor Greif | 2946d1c | 2009-02-27 12:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 932 | </div> |
| 933 | |
| 934 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 935 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
Gabor Greif | 3899e49 | 2009-02-27 11:37:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 936 | <a name="dss_ilist_node">llvm/ADT/ilist_node.h</a> |
| 937 | </div> |
| 938 | |
| 939 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 940 | <p><tt>ilist_node<T></tt> implements a the forward and backward links |
| 941 | that are expected by the <tt>ilist<T></tt> (and analogous containers) |
| 942 | in the default manner.</p> |
| 943 | |
| 944 | <p><tt>ilist_node<T></tt>s are meant to be embedded in the node type |
Gabor Greif | 0cbcabe | 2009-03-12 09:47:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 945 | <tt>T</tt>, usually <tt>T</tt> publicly derives from |
| 946 | <tt>ilist_node<T></tt>.</p> |
Chris Lattner | 098129a | 2007-02-03 03:04:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 947 | </div> |
| 948 | |
| 949 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 950 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
Gabor Greif | 6a65f42 | 2009-03-12 10:30:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 951 | <a name="dss_ilist_sentinel">Sentinels</a> |
| 952 | </div> |
| 953 | |
| 954 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 955 | <p><tt>ilist</tt>s have another speciality that must be considered. To be a good |
| 956 | citizen in the C++ ecosystem, it needs to support the standard container |
| 957 | operations, such as <tt>begin</tt> and <tt>end</tt> iterators, etc. Also, the |
| 958 | <tt>operator--</tt> must work correctly on the <tt>end</tt> iterator in the |
| 959 | case of non-empty <tt>ilist</tt>s.</p> |
| 960 | |
| 961 | <p>The only sensible solution to this problem is to allocate a so-called |
| 962 | <i>sentinel</i> along with the intrusive list, which serves as the <tt>end</tt> |
| 963 | iterator, providing the back-link to the last element. However conforming to the |
| 964 | C++ convention it is illegal to <tt>operator++</tt> beyond the sentinel and it |
| 965 | also must not be dereferenced.</p> |
| 966 | |
| 967 | <p>These constraints allow for some implementation freedom to the <tt>ilist</tt> |
| 968 | how to allocate and store the sentinel. The corresponding policy is dictated |
| 969 | by <tt>ilist_traits<T></tt>. By default a <tt>T</tt> gets heap-allocated |
| 970 | whenever the need for a sentinel arises.</p> |
| 971 | |
| 972 | <p>While the default policy is sufficient in most cases, it may break down when |
| 973 | <tt>T</tt> does not provide a default constructor. Also, in the case of many |
| 974 | instances of <tt>ilist</tt>s, the memory overhead of the associated sentinels |
| 975 | is wasted. To alleviate the situation with numerous and voluminous |
| 976 | <tt>T</tt>-sentinels, sometimes a trick is employed, leading to <i>ghostly |
| 977 | sentinels</i>.</p> |
| 978 | |
| 979 | <p>Ghostly sentinels are obtained by specially-crafted <tt>ilist_traits<T></tt> |
| 980 | which superpose the sentinel with the <tt>ilist</tt> instance in memory. Pointer |
| 981 | arithmetic is used to obtain the sentinel, which is relative to the |
| 982 | <tt>ilist</tt>'s <tt>this</tt> pointer. The <tt>ilist</tt> is augmented by an |
| 983 | extra pointer, which serves as the back-link of the sentinel. This is the only |
| 984 | field in the ghostly sentinel which can be legally accessed.</p> |
| 985 | </div> |
| 986 | |
| 987 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 988 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
Chris Lattner | c572243 | 2007-02-03 19:49:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 989 | <a name="dss_other">Other Sequential Container options</a> |
Chris Lattner | 098129a | 2007-02-03 03:04:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 990 | </div> |
| 991 | |
| 992 | <div class="doc_text"> |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 993 | <p>Other STL containers are available, such as std::string.</p> |
Chris Lattner | 098129a | 2007-02-03 03:04:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 994 | |
| 995 | <p>There are also various STL adapter classes such as std::queue, |
| 996 | std::priority_queue, std::stack, etc. These provide simplified access to an |
| 997 | underlying container but don't affect the cost of the container itself.</p> |
| 998 | |
| 999 | </div> |
| 1000 | |
| 1001 | |
| 1002 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 1003 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
| 1004 | <a name="ds_set">Set-Like Containers (std::set, SmallSet, SetVector, etc)</a> |
| 1005 | </div> |
| 1006 | |
| 1007 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1008 | |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1009 | <p>Set-like containers are useful when you need to canonicalize multiple values |
| 1010 | into a single representation. There are several different choices for how to do |
| 1011 | this, providing various trade-offs.</p> |
| 1012 | |
| 1013 | </div> |
| 1014 | |
| 1015 | |
| 1016 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 1017 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 1018 | <a name="dss_sortedvectorset">A sorted 'vector'</a> |
| 1019 | </div> |
| 1020 | |
| 1021 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1022 | |
Chris Lattner | 3b23a8c | 2007-02-03 08:10:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1023 | <p>If you intend to insert a lot of elements, then do a lot of queries, a |
| 1024 | great approach is to use a vector (or other sequential container) with |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1025 | std::sort+std::unique to remove duplicates. This approach works really well if |
Chris Lattner | 3b23a8c | 2007-02-03 08:10:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1026 | your usage pattern has these two distinct phases (insert then query), and can be |
| 1027 | coupled with a good choice of <a href="#ds_sequential">sequential container</a>. |
| 1028 | </p> |
| 1029 | |
| 1030 | <p> |
| 1031 | This combination provides the several nice properties: the result data is |
| 1032 | contiguous in memory (good for cache locality), has few allocations, is easy to |
| 1033 | address (iterators in the final vector are just indices or pointers), and can be |
| 1034 | efficiently queried with a standard binary or radix search.</p> |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1035 | |
| 1036 | </div> |
| 1037 | |
| 1038 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 1039 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 1040 | <a name="dss_smallset">"llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h"</a> |
| 1041 | </div> |
| 1042 | |
| 1043 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1044 | |
Reid Spencer | 128a7a7 | 2007-02-03 21:06:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1045 | <p>If you have a set-like data structure that is usually small and whose elements |
Chris Lattner | 4ddfac1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1046 | are reasonably small, a <tt>SmallSet<Type, N></tt> is a good choice. This set |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1047 | has space for N elements in place (thus, if the set is dynamically smaller than |
Chris Lattner | 14868db | 2007-02-03 08:20:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1048 | N, no malloc traffic is required) and accesses them with a simple linear search. |
| 1049 | When the set grows beyond 'N' elements, it allocates a more expensive representation that |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1050 | guarantees efficient access (for most types, it falls back to std::set, but for |
Chris Lattner | 14868db | 2007-02-03 08:20:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1051 | pointers it uses something far better, <a |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1052 | href="#dss_smallptrset">SmallPtrSet</a>).</p> |
| 1053 | |
| 1054 | <p>The magic of this class is that it handles small sets extremely efficiently, |
| 1055 | but gracefully handles extremely large sets without loss of efficiency. The |
| 1056 | drawback is that the interface is quite small: it supports insertion, queries |
| 1057 | and erasing, but does not support iteration.</p> |
| 1058 | |
| 1059 | </div> |
| 1060 | |
| 1061 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 1062 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 1063 | <a name="dss_smallptrset">"llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"</a> |
| 1064 | </div> |
| 1065 | |
| 1066 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1067 | |
| 1068 | <p>SmallPtrSet has all the advantages of SmallSet (and a SmallSet of pointers is |
Reid Spencer | 128a7a7 | 2007-02-03 21:06:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1069 | transparently implemented with a SmallPtrSet), but also supports iterators. If |
Chris Lattner | 14868db | 2007-02-03 08:20:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1070 | more than 'N' insertions are performed, a single quadratically |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1071 | probed hash table is allocated and grows as needed, providing extremely |
| 1072 | efficient access (constant time insertion/deleting/queries with low constant |
| 1073 | factors) and is very stingy with malloc traffic.</p> |
| 1074 | |
| 1075 | <p>Note that, unlike std::set, the iterators of SmallPtrSet are invalidated |
| 1076 | whenever an insertion occurs. Also, the values visited by the iterators are not |
| 1077 | visited in sorted order.</p> |
| 1078 | |
| 1079 | </div> |
| 1080 | |
| 1081 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 1082 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
Chris Lattner | c28476f | 2007-09-30 00:58:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1083 | <a name="dss_denseset">"llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"</a> |
| 1084 | </div> |
| 1085 | |
| 1086 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1087 | |
| 1088 | <p> |
| 1089 | DenseSet is a simple quadratically probed hash table. It excels at supporting |
| 1090 | small values: it uses a single allocation to hold all of the pairs that |
| 1091 | are currently inserted in the set. DenseSet is a great way to unique small |
| 1092 | values that are not simple pointers (use <a |
| 1093 | href="#dss_smallptrset">SmallPtrSet</a> for pointers). Note that DenseSet has |
| 1094 | the same requirements for the value type that <a |
| 1095 | href="#dss_densemap">DenseMap</a> has. |
| 1096 | </p> |
| 1097 | |
| 1098 | </div> |
| 1099 | |
| 1100 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 1101 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1102 | <a name="dss_FoldingSet">"llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"</a> |
| 1103 | </div> |
| 1104 | |
| 1105 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1106 | |
Chris Lattner | 098129a | 2007-02-03 03:04:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1107 | <p> |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1108 | FoldingSet is an aggregate class that is really good at uniquing |
| 1109 | expensive-to-create or polymorphic objects. It is a combination of a chained |
| 1110 | hash table with intrusive links (uniqued objects are required to inherit from |
Chris Lattner | 14868db | 2007-02-03 08:20:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1111 | FoldingSetNode) that uses <a href="#dss_smallvector">SmallVector</a> as part of |
| 1112 | its ID process.</p> |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1113 | |
Chris Lattner | 14868db | 2007-02-03 08:20:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1114 | <p>Consider a case where you want to implement a "getOrCreateFoo" method for |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1115 | a complex object (for example, a node in the code generator). The client has a |
| 1116 | description of *what* it wants to generate (it knows the opcode and all the |
| 1117 | operands), but we don't want to 'new' a node, then try inserting it into a set |
Chris Lattner | 14868db | 2007-02-03 08:20:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1118 | only to find out it already exists, at which point we would have to delete it |
| 1119 | and return the node that already exists. |
Chris Lattner | 098129a | 2007-02-03 03:04:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1120 | </p> |
| 1121 | |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1122 | <p>To support this style of client, FoldingSet perform a query with a |
| 1123 | FoldingSetNodeID (which wraps SmallVector) that can be used to describe the |
| 1124 | element that we want to query for. The query either returns the element |
| 1125 | matching the ID or it returns an opaque ID that indicates where insertion should |
Chris Lattner | 14868db | 2007-02-03 08:20:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1126 | take place. Construction of the ID usually does not require heap traffic.</p> |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1127 | |
| 1128 | <p>Because FoldingSet uses intrusive links, it can support polymorphic objects |
| 1129 | in the set (for example, you can have SDNode instances mixed with LoadSDNodes). |
| 1130 | Because the elements are individually allocated, pointers to the elements are |
| 1131 | stable: inserting or removing elements does not invalidate any pointers to other |
| 1132 | elements. |
| 1133 | </p> |
| 1134 | |
| 1135 | </div> |
| 1136 | |
| 1137 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 1138 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 1139 | <a name="dss_set"><set></a> |
| 1140 | </div> |
| 1141 | |
| 1142 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1143 | |
Chris Lattner | c572243 | 2007-02-03 19:49:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1144 | <p><tt>std::set</tt> is a reasonable all-around set class, which is decent at |
| 1145 | many things but great at nothing. std::set allocates memory for each element |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1146 | inserted (thus it is very malloc intensive) and typically stores three pointers |
Chris Lattner | 14868db | 2007-02-03 08:20:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1147 | per element in the set (thus adding a large amount of per-element space |
| 1148 | overhead). It offers guaranteed log(n) performance, which is not particularly |
Chris Lattner | c572243 | 2007-02-03 19:49:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1149 | fast from a complexity standpoint (particularly if the elements of the set are |
| 1150 | expensive to compare, like strings), and has extremely high constant factors for |
| 1151 | lookup, insertion and removal.</p> |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1152 | |
Chris Lattner | 14868db | 2007-02-03 08:20:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1153 | <p>The advantages of std::set are that its iterators are stable (deleting or |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1154 | inserting an element from the set does not affect iterators or pointers to other |
| 1155 | elements) and that iteration over the set is guaranteed to be in sorted order. |
| 1156 | If the elements in the set are large, then the relative overhead of the pointers |
| 1157 | and malloc traffic is not a big deal, but if the elements of the set are small, |
| 1158 | std::set is almost never a good choice.</p> |
| 1159 | |
| 1160 | </div> |
| 1161 | |
| 1162 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 1163 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 1164 | <a name="dss_setvector">"llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"</a> |
| 1165 | </div> |
| 1166 | |
| 1167 | <div class="doc_text"> |
Chris Lattner | edca3c5 | 2007-02-04 00:00:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1168 | <p>LLVM's SetVector<Type> is an adapter class that combines your choice of |
| 1169 | a set-like container along with a <a href="#ds_sequential">Sequential |
| 1170 | Container</a>. The important property |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1171 | that this provides is efficient insertion with uniquing (duplicate elements are |
| 1172 | ignored) with iteration support. It implements this by inserting elements into |
| 1173 | both a set-like container and the sequential container, using the set-like |
| 1174 | container for uniquing and the sequential container for iteration. |
| 1175 | </p> |
| 1176 | |
| 1177 | <p>The difference between SetVector and other sets is that the order of |
| 1178 | iteration is guaranteed to match the order of insertion into the SetVector. |
| 1179 | This property is really important for things like sets of pointers. Because |
| 1180 | pointer values are non-deterministic (e.g. vary across runs of the program on |
Chris Lattner | edca3c5 | 2007-02-04 00:00:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1181 | different machines), iterating over the pointers in the set will |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1182 | not be in a well-defined order.</p> |
| 1183 | |
| 1184 | <p> |
| 1185 | The drawback of SetVector is that it requires twice as much space as a normal |
| 1186 | set and has the sum of constant factors from the set-like container and the |
| 1187 | sequential container that it uses. Use it *only* if you need to iterate over |
| 1188 | the elements in a deterministic order. SetVector is also expensive to delete |
Chris Lattner | edca3c5 | 2007-02-04 00:00:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1189 | elements out of (linear time), unless you use it's "pop_back" method, which is |
| 1190 | faster. |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1191 | </p> |
| 1192 | |
Chris Lattner | edca3c5 | 2007-02-04 00:00:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1193 | <p>SetVector is an adapter class that defaults to using std::vector and std::set |
| 1194 | for the underlying containers, so it is quite expensive. However, |
| 1195 | <tt>"llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"</tt> also provides a SmallSetVector class, which |
| 1196 | defaults to using a SmallVector and SmallSet of a specified size. If you use |
| 1197 | this, and if your sets are dynamically smaller than N, you will save a lot of |
| 1198 | heap traffic.</p> |
| 1199 | |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1200 | </div> |
| 1201 | |
| 1202 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 1203 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
Chris Lattner | c572243 | 2007-02-03 19:49:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1204 | <a name="dss_uniquevector">"llvm/ADT/UniqueVector.h"</a> |
| 1205 | </div> |
| 1206 | |
| 1207 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1208 | |
| 1209 | <p> |
| 1210 | UniqueVector is similar to <a href="#dss_setvector">SetVector</a>, but it |
| 1211 | retains a unique ID for each element inserted into the set. It internally |
| 1212 | contains a map and a vector, and it assigns a unique ID for each value inserted |
| 1213 | into the set.</p> |
| 1214 | |
| 1215 | <p>UniqueVector is very expensive: its cost is the sum of the cost of |
| 1216 | maintaining both the map and vector, it has high complexity, high constant |
| 1217 | factors, and produces a lot of malloc traffic. It should be avoided.</p> |
| 1218 | |
| 1219 | </div> |
| 1220 | |
| 1221 | |
| 1222 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 1223 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 1224 | <a name="dss_otherset">Other Set-Like Container Options</a> |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1225 | </div> |
| 1226 | |
| 1227 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1228 | |
| 1229 | <p> |
| 1230 | The STL provides several other options, such as std::multiset and the various |
Chris Lattner | f1a3082 | 2009-03-09 05:20:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1231 | "hash_set" like containers (whether from C++ TR1 or from the SGI library). We |
| 1232 | never use hash_set and unordered_set because they are generally very expensive |
| 1233 | (each insertion requires a malloc) and very non-portable. |
| 1234 | </p> |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1235 | |
| 1236 | <p>std::multiset is useful if you're not interested in elimination of |
Chris Lattner | 14868db | 2007-02-03 08:20:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1237 | duplicates, but has all the drawbacks of std::set. A sorted vector (where you |
| 1238 | don't delete duplicate entries) or some other approach is almost always |
| 1239 | better.</p> |
Chris Lattner | 74c4ca1 | 2007-02-03 07:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1240 | |
Chris Lattner | 098129a | 2007-02-03 03:04:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1241 | </div> |
| 1242 | |
| 1243 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 1244 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
| 1245 | <a name="ds_map">Map-Like Containers (std::map, DenseMap, etc)</a> |
| 1246 | </div> |
| 1247 | |
| 1248 | <div class="doc_text"> |
Chris Lattner | c572243 | 2007-02-03 19:49:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1249 | Map-like containers are useful when you want to associate data to a key. As |
| 1250 | usual, there are a lot of different ways to do this. :) |
| 1251 | </div> |
| 1252 | |
| 1253 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 1254 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 1255 | <a name="dss_sortedvectormap">A sorted 'vector'</a> |
| 1256 | </div> |
| 1257 | |
| 1258 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1259 | |
| 1260 | <p> |
| 1261 | If your usage pattern follows a strict insert-then-query approach, you can |
| 1262 | trivially use the same approach as <a href="#dss_sortedvectorset">sorted vectors |
| 1263 | for set-like containers</a>. The only difference is that your query function |
| 1264 | (which uses std::lower_bound to get efficient log(n) lookup) should only compare |
| 1265 | the key, not both the key and value. This yields the same advantages as sorted |
| 1266 | vectors for sets. |
| 1267 | </p> |
| 1268 | </div> |
| 1269 | |
| 1270 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 1271 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
Chris Lattner | 796f9fa | 2007-02-08 19:14:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1272 | <a name="dss_stringmap">"llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"</a> |
Chris Lattner | c572243 | 2007-02-03 19:49:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1273 | </div> |
| 1274 | |
| 1275 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1276 | |
| 1277 | <p> |
| 1278 | Strings are commonly used as keys in maps, and they are difficult to support |
| 1279 | efficiently: they are variable length, inefficient to hash and compare when |
Chris Lattner | 796f9fa | 2007-02-08 19:14:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1280 | long, expensive to copy, etc. StringMap is a specialized container designed to |
| 1281 | cope with these issues. It supports mapping an arbitrary range of bytes to an |
| 1282 | arbitrary other object.</p> |
Chris Lattner | c572243 | 2007-02-03 19:49:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1283 | |
Chris Lattner | 796f9fa | 2007-02-08 19:14:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1284 | <p>The StringMap implementation uses a quadratically-probed hash table, where |
Chris Lattner | c572243 | 2007-02-03 19:49:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1285 | the buckets store a pointer to the heap allocated entries (and some other |
| 1286 | stuff). The entries in the map must be heap allocated because the strings are |
| 1287 | variable length. The string data (key) and the element object (value) are |
| 1288 | stored in the same allocation with the string data immediately after the element |
| 1289 | object. This container guarantees the "<tt>(char*)(&Value+1)</tt>" points |
| 1290 | to the key string for a value.</p> |
| 1291 | |
Chris Lattner | 796f9fa | 2007-02-08 19:14:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1292 | <p>The StringMap is very fast for several reasons: quadratic probing is very |
Chris Lattner | c572243 | 2007-02-03 19:49:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1293 | cache efficient for lookups, the hash value of strings in buckets is not |
Chris Lattner | 796f9fa | 2007-02-08 19:14:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1294 | recomputed when lookup up an element, StringMap rarely has to touch the |
Chris Lattner | c572243 | 2007-02-03 19:49:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1295 | memory for unrelated objects when looking up a value (even when hash collisions |
| 1296 | happen), hash table growth does not recompute the hash values for strings |
| 1297 | already in the table, and each pair in the map is store in a single allocation |
| 1298 | (the string data is stored in the same allocation as the Value of a pair).</p> |
| 1299 | |
Chris Lattner | 796f9fa | 2007-02-08 19:14:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1300 | <p>StringMap also provides query methods that take byte ranges, so it only ever |
Chris Lattner | c572243 | 2007-02-03 19:49:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1301 | copies a string if a value is inserted into the table.</p> |
| 1302 | </div> |
| 1303 | |
| 1304 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 1305 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 1306 | <a name="dss_indexedmap">"llvm/ADT/IndexedMap.h"</a> |
| 1307 | </div> |
| 1308 | |
| 1309 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1310 | <p> |
| 1311 | IndexedMap is a specialized container for mapping small dense integers (or |
| 1312 | values that can be mapped to small dense integers) to some other type. It is |
| 1313 | internally implemented as a vector with a mapping function that maps the keys to |
| 1314 | the dense integer range. |
| 1315 | </p> |
| 1316 | |
| 1317 | <p> |
| 1318 | This is useful for cases like virtual registers in the LLVM code generator: they |
| 1319 | have a dense mapping that is offset by a compile-time constant (the first |
| 1320 | virtual register ID).</p> |
| 1321 | |
| 1322 | </div> |
| 1323 | |
| 1324 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 1325 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 1326 | <a name="dss_densemap">"llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"</a> |
| 1327 | </div> |
| 1328 | |
| 1329 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1330 | |
| 1331 | <p> |
| 1332 | DenseMap is a simple quadratically probed hash table. It excels at supporting |
| 1333 | small keys and values: it uses a single allocation to hold all of the pairs that |
| 1334 | are currently inserted in the map. DenseMap is a great way to map pointers to |
| 1335 | pointers, or map other small types to each other. |
| 1336 | </p> |
| 1337 | |
| 1338 | <p> |
| 1339 | There are several aspects of DenseMap that you should be aware of, however. The |
| 1340 | iterators in a densemap are invalidated whenever an insertion occurs, unlike |
| 1341 | map. Also, because DenseMap allocates space for a large number of key/value |
Chris Lattner | a4a264d | 2007-02-03 20:17:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1342 | pairs (it starts with 64 by default), it will waste a lot of space if your keys |
| 1343 | or values are large. Finally, you must implement a partial specialization of |
Chris Lattner | 76c1b97 | 2007-09-17 18:34:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1344 | DenseMapInfo for the key that you want, if it isn't already supported. This |
Chris Lattner | c572243 | 2007-02-03 19:49:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1345 | is required to tell DenseMap about two special marker values (which can never be |
Chris Lattner | a4a264d | 2007-02-03 20:17:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1346 | inserted into the map) that it needs internally.</p> |
Chris Lattner | c572243 | 2007-02-03 19:49:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1347 | |
| 1348 | </div> |
| 1349 | |
| 1350 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 1351 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 1352 | <a name="dss_map"><map></a> |
| 1353 | </div> |
| 1354 | |
| 1355 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1356 | |
| 1357 | <p> |
| 1358 | std::map has similar characteristics to <a href="#dss_set">std::set</a>: it uses |
| 1359 | a single allocation per pair inserted into the map, it offers log(n) lookup with |
| 1360 | an extremely large constant factor, imposes a space penalty of 3 pointers per |
| 1361 | pair in the map, etc.</p> |
| 1362 | |
| 1363 | <p>std::map is most useful when your keys or values are very large, if you need |
| 1364 | to iterate over the collection in sorted order, or if you need stable iterators |
| 1365 | into the map (i.e. they don't get invalidated if an insertion or deletion of |
| 1366 | another element takes place).</p> |
| 1367 | |
| 1368 | </div> |
| 1369 | |
| 1370 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 1371 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 1372 | <a name="dss_othermap">Other Map-Like Container Options</a> |
| 1373 | </div> |
| 1374 | |
| 1375 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1376 | |
| 1377 | <p> |
| 1378 | The STL provides several other options, such as std::multimap and the various |
Chris Lattner | f1a3082 | 2009-03-09 05:20:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1379 | "hash_map" like containers (whether from C++ TR1 or from the SGI library). We |
| 1380 | never use hash_set and unordered_set because they are generally very expensive |
| 1381 | (each insertion requires a malloc) and very non-portable.</p> |
Chris Lattner | c572243 | 2007-02-03 19:49:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1382 | |
| 1383 | <p>std::multimap is useful if you want to map a key to multiple values, but has |
| 1384 | all the drawbacks of std::map. A sorted vector or some other approach is almost |
| 1385 | always better.</p> |
| 1386 | |
Chris Lattner | 098129a | 2007-02-03 03:04:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1387 | </div> |
| 1388 | |
Daniel Berlin | 1939ace | 2007-09-24 17:52:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1389 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 1390 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
| 1391 | <a name="ds_bit">Bit storage containers (BitVector, SparseBitVector)</a> |
| 1392 | </div> |
| 1393 | |
| 1394 | <div class="doc_text"> |
Chris Lattner | 7086ce7 | 2007-09-25 22:37:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1395 | <p>Unlike the other containers, there are only two bit storage containers, and |
| 1396 | choosing when to use each is relatively straightforward.</p> |
| 1397 | |
| 1398 | <p>One additional option is |
| 1399 | <tt>std::vector<bool></tt>: we discourage its use for two reasons 1) the |
| 1400 | implementation in many common compilers (e.g. commonly available versions of |
| 1401 | GCC) is extremely inefficient and 2) the C++ standards committee is likely to |
| 1402 | deprecate this container and/or change it significantly somehow. In any case, |
| 1403 | please don't use it.</p> |
Daniel Berlin | 1939ace | 2007-09-24 17:52:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1404 | </div> |
| 1405 | |
| 1406 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 1407 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 1408 | <a name="dss_bitvector">BitVector</a> |
| 1409 | </div> |
| 1410 | |
| 1411 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1412 | <p> The BitVector container provides a fixed size set of bits for manipulation. |
| 1413 | It supports individual bit setting/testing, as well as set operations. The set |
| 1414 | operations take time O(size of bitvector), but operations are performed one word |
| 1415 | at a time, instead of one bit at a time. This makes the BitVector very fast for |
| 1416 | set operations compared to other containers. Use the BitVector when you expect |
| 1417 | the number of set bits to be high (IE a dense set). |
| 1418 | </p> |
| 1419 | </div> |
| 1420 | |
| 1421 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 1422 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 1423 | <a name="dss_sparsebitvector">SparseBitVector</a> |
| 1424 | </div> |
| 1425 | |
| 1426 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1427 | <p> The SparseBitVector container is much like BitVector, with one major |
| 1428 | difference: Only the bits that are set, are stored. This makes the |
| 1429 | SparseBitVector much more space efficient than BitVector when the set is sparse, |
| 1430 | as well as making set operations O(number of set bits) instead of O(size of |
| 1431 | universe). The downside to the SparseBitVector is that setting and testing of random bits is O(N), and on large SparseBitVectors, this can be slower than BitVector. In our implementation, setting or testing bits in sorted order |
| 1432 | (either forwards or reverse) is O(1) worst case. Testing and setting bits within 128 bits (depends on size) of the current bit is also O(1). As a general statement, testing/setting bits in a SparseBitVector is O(distance away from last set bit). |
| 1433 | </p> |
| 1434 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | f623a08 | 2005-10-17 01:36:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1435 | |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1436 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
| 1437 | <div class="doc_section"> |
| 1438 | <a name="common">Helpful Hints for Common Operations</a> |
| 1439 | </div> |
| 1440 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
| 1441 | |
| 1442 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1443 | |
| 1444 | <p>This section describes how to perform some very simple transformations of |
| 1445 | LLVM code. This is meant to give examples of common idioms used, showing the |
| 1446 | practical side of LLVM transformations. <p> Because this is a "how-to" section, |
| 1447 | you should also read about the main classes that you will be working with. The |
| 1448 | <a href="#coreclasses">Core LLVM Class Hierarchy Reference</a> contains details |
| 1449 | and descriptions of the main classes that you should know about.</p> |
| 1450 | |
| 1451 | </div> |
| 1452 | |
| 1453 | <!-- NOTE: this section should be heavy on example code --> |
| 1454 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 1455 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
| 1456 | <a name="inspection">Basic Inspection and Traversal Routines</a> |
| 1457 | </div> |
| 1458 | |
| 1459 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1460 | |
| 1461 | <p>The LLVM compiler infrastructure have many different data structures that may |
| 1462 | be traversed. Following the example of the C++ standard template library, the |
| 1463 | techniques used to traverse these various data structures are all basically the |
| 1464 | same. For a enumerable sequence of values, the <tt>XXXbegin()</tt> function (or |
| 1465 | method) returns an iterator to the start of the sequence, the <tt>XXXend()</tt> |
| 1466 | function returns an iterator pointing to one past the last valid element of the |
| 1467 | sequence, and there is some <tt>XXXiterator</tt> data type that is common |
| 1468 | between the two operations.</p> |
| 1469 | |
| 1470 | <p>Because the pattern for iteration is common across many different aspects of |
| 1471 | the program representation, the standard template library algorithms may be used |
| 1472 | on them, and it is easier to remember how to iterate. First we show a few common |
| 1473 | examples of the data structures that need to be traversed. Other data |
| 1474 | structures are traversed in very similar ways.</p> |
| 1475 | |
| 1476 | </div> |
| 1477 | |
| 1478 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
Chris Lattner | 69bf8a9 | 2004-05-23 21:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1479 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1480 | <a name="iterate_function">Iterating over the </a><a |
| 1481 | href="#BasicBlock"><tt>BasicBlock</tt></a>s in a <a |
| 1482 | href="#Function"><tt>Function</tt></a> |
| 1483 | </div> |
| 1484 | |
| 1485 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1486 | |
| 1487 | <p>It's quite common to have a <tt>Function</tt> instance that you'd like to |
| 1488 | transform in some way; in particular, you'd like to manipulate its |
| 1489 | <tt>BasicBlock</tt>s. To facilitate this, you'll need to iterate over all of |
| 1490 | the <tt>BasicBlock</tt>s that constitute the <tt>Function</tt>. The following is |
| 1491 | an example that prints the name of a <tt>BasicBlock</tt> and the number of |
| 1492 | <tt>Instruction</tt>s it contains:</p> |
| 1493 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1494 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1495 | <pre> |
Bill Wendling | 82e2eea | 2006-10-11 18:00:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1496 | // <i>func is a pointer to a Function instance</i> |
| 1497 | for (Function::iterator i = func->begin(), e = func->end(); i != e; ++i) |
| 1498 | // <i>Print out the name of the basic block if it has one, and then the</i> |
| 1499 | // <i>number of instructions that it contains</i> |
Bill Wendling | 832171c | 2006-12-07 20:04:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1500 | llvm::cerr << "Basic block (name=" << i->getName() << ") has " |
| 1501 | << i->size() << " instructions.\n"; |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1502 | </pre> |
| 1503 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1504 | |
| 1505 | <p>Note that i can be used as if it were a pointer for the purposes of |
Joel Stanley | 9b96c44 | 2002-09-06 21:55:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1506 | invoking member functions of the <tt>Instruction</tt> class. This is |
| 1507 | because the indirection operator is overloaded for the iterator |
Chris Lattner | 7496ec5 | 2003-08-05 22:54:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1508 | classes. In the above code, the expression <tt>i->size()</tt> is |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1509 | exactly equivalent to <tt>(*i).size()</tt> just like you'd expect.</p> |
| 1510 | |
| 1511 | </div> |
| 1512 | |
| 1513 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
Chris Lattner | 69bf8a9 | 2004-05-23 21:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1514 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1515 | <a name="iterate_basicblock">Iterating over the </a><a |
| 1516 | href="#Instruction"><tt>Instruction</tt></a>s in a <a |
| 1517 | href="#BasicBlock"><tt>BasicBlock</tt></a> |
| 1518 | </div> |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1521 | |
| 1522 | <p>Just like when dealing with <tt>BasicBlock</tt>s in <tt>Function</tt>s, it's |
| 1523 | easy to iterate over the individual instructions that make up |
| 1524 | <tt>BasicBlock</tt>s. Here's a code snippet that prints out each instruction in |
| 1525 | a <tt>BasicBlock</tt>:</p> |
| 1526 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1527 | <div class="doc_code"> |
Chris Lattner | 55c0461 | 2005-03-06 06:00:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1528 | <pre> |
Bill Wendling | 82e2eea | 2006-10-11 18:00:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1529 | // <i>blk is a pointer to a BasicBlock instance</i> |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1530 | for (BasicBlock::iterator i = blk->begin(), e = blk->end(); i != e; ++i) |
Bill Wendling | 82e2eea | 2006-10-11 18:00:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1531 | // <i>The next statement works since operator<<(ostream&,...)</i> |
| 1532 | // <i>is overloaded for Instruction&</i> |
Bill Wendling | 832171c | 2006-12-07 20:04:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1533 | llvm::cerr << *i << "\n"; |
Chris Lattner | 55c0461 | 2005-03-06 06:00:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1534 | </pre> |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1535 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1536 | |
| 1537 | <p>However, this isn't really the best way to print out the contents of a |
| 1538 | <tt>BasicBlock</tt>! Since the ostream operators are overloaded for virtually |
| 1539 | anything you'll care about, you could have just invoked the print routine on the |
Bill Wendling | 832171c | 2006-12-07 20:04:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1540 | basic block itself: <tt>llvm::cerr << *blk << "\n";</tt>.</p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1541 | |
| 1542 | </div> |
| 1543 | |
| 1544 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
Chris Lattner | 69bf8a9 | 2004-05-23 21:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1545 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1546 | <a name="iterate_institer">Iterating over the </a><a |
| 1547 | href="#Instruction"><tt>Instruction</tt></a>s in a <a |
| 1548 | href="#Function"><tt>Function</tt></a> |
| 1549 | </div> |
| 1550 | |
| 1551 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1552 | |
| 1553 | <p>If you're finding that you commonly iterate over a <tt>Function</tt>'s |
| 1554 | <tt>BasicBlock</tt>s and then that <tt>BasicBlock</tt>'s <tt>Instruction</tt>s, |
| 1555 | <tt>InstIterator</tt> should be used instead. You'll need to include <a |
| 1556 | href="/doxygen/InstIterator_8h-source.html"><tt>llvm/Support/InstIterator.h</tt></a>, |
| 1557 | and then instantiate <tt>InstIterator</tt>s explicitly in your code. Here's a |
Chris Lattner | 69bf8a9 | 2004-05-23 21:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1558 | small example that shows how to dump all instructions in a function to the standard error stream:<p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1559 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1560 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1561 | <pre> |
| 1562 | #include "<a href="/doxygen/InstIterator_8h-source.html">llvm/Support/InstIterator.h</a>" |
| 1563 | |
Reid Spencer | 128a7a7 | 2007-02-03 21:06:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1564 | // <i>F is a pointer to a Function instance</i> |
Chris Lattner | da021aa | 2008-06-04 18:20:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1565 | for (inst_iterator I = inst_begin(F), E = inst_end(F); I != E; ++I) |
| 1566 | llvm::cerr << *I << "\n"; |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1567 | </pre> |
| 1568 | </div> |
| 1569 | |
| 1570 | <p>Easy, isn't it? You can also use <tt>InstIterator</tt>s to fill a |
Reid Spencer | 128a7a7 | 2007-02-03 21:06:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1571 | work list with its initial contents. For example, if you wanted to |
| 1572 | initialize a work list to contain all instructions in a <tt>Function</tt> |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1573 | F, all you would need to do is something like:</p> |
| 1574 | |
| 1575 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1576 | <pre> |
| 1577 | std::set<Instruction*> worklist; |
Chris Lattner | da021aa | 2008-06-04 18:20:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1578 | // or better yet, SmallPtrSet<Instruction*, 64> worklist; |
| 1579 | |
| 1580 | for (inst_iterator I = inst_begin(F), E = inst_end(F); I != E; ++I) |
| 1581 | worklist.insert(&*I); |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1582 | </pre> |
| 1583 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1584 | |
| 1585 | <p>The STL set <tt>worklist</tt> would now contain all instructions in the |
| 1586 | <tt>Function</tt> pointed to by F.</p> |
| 1587 | |
| 1588 | </div> |
| 1589 | |
| 1590 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 1591 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 1592 | <a name="iterate_convert">Turning an iterator into a class pointer (and |
| 1593 | vice-versa)</a> |
| 1594 | </div> |
| 1595 | |
| 1596 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1597 | |
| 1598 | <p>Sometimes, it'll be useful to grab a reference (or pointer) to a class |
Joel Stanley | 9b96c44 | 2002-09-06 21:55:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1599 | instance when all you've got at hand is an iterator. Well, extracting |
Chris Lattner | 69bf8a9 | 2004-05-23 21:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1600 | a reference or a pointer from an iterator is very straight-forward. |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1601 | Assuming that <tt>i</tt> is a <tt>BasicBlock::iterator</tt> and <tt>j</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1602 | is a <tt>BasicBlock::const_iterator</tt>:</p> |
| 1603 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1604 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1605 | <pre> |
Bill Wendling | 82e2eea | 2006-10-11 18:00:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1606 | Instruction& inst = *i; // <i>Grab reference to instruction reference</i> |
| 1607 | Instruction* pinst = &*i; // <i>Grab pointer to instruction reference</i> |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1608 | const Instruction& inst = *j; |
| 1609 | </pre> |
| 1610 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1611 | |
| 1612 | <p>However, the iterators you'll be working with in the LLVM framework are |
| 1613 | special: they will automatically convert to a ptr-to-instance type whenever they |
| 1614 | need to. Instead of dereferencing the iterator and then taking the address of |
| 1615 | the result, you can simply assign the iterator to the proper pointer type and |
| 1616 | you get the dereference and address-of operation as a result of the assignment |
| 1617 | (behind the scenes, this is a result of overloading casting mechanisms). Thus |
| 1618 | the last line of the last example,</p> |
| 1619 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1620 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1621 | <pre> |
Chris Lattner | 2e438ca | 2008-01-03 16:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1622 | Instruction *pinst = &*i; |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1623 | </pre> |
| 1624 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1625 | |
| 1626 | <p>is semantically equivalent to</p> |
| 1627 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1628 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1629 | <pre> |
Chris Lattner | 2e438ca | 2008-01-03 16:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1630 | Instruction *pinst = i; |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1631 | </pre> |
| 1632 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1633 | |
Chris Lattner | 69bf8a9 | 2004-05-23 21:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1634 | <p>It's also possible to turn a class pointer into the corresponding iterator, |
| 1635 | and this is a constant time operation (very efficient). The following code |
| 1636 | snippet illustrates use of the conversion constructors provided by LLVM |
| 1637 | iterators. By using these, you can explicitly grab the iterator of something |
| 1638 | without actually obtaining it via iteration over some structure:</p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1639 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1640 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1641 | <pre> |
| 1642 | void printNextInstruction(Instruction* inst) { |
| 1643 | BasicBlock::iterator it(inst); |
Bill Wendling | 82e2eea | 2006-10-11 18:00:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1644 | ++it; // <i>After this line, it refers to the instruction after *inst</i> |
Bill Wendling | 832171c | 2006-12-07 20:04:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1645 | if (it != inst->getParent()->end()) llvm::cerr << *it << "\n"; |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1646 | } |
| 1647 | </pre> |
| 1648 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1649 | |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1650 | </div> |
| 1651 | |
| 1652 | <!--_______________________________________________________________________--> |
| 1653 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 1654 | <a name="iterate_complex">Finding call sites: a slightly more complex |
| 1655 | example</a> |
| 1656 | </div> |
| 1657 | |
| 1658 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1659 | |
| 1660 | <p>Say that you're writing a FunctionPass and would like to count all the |
| 1661 | locations in the entire module (that is, across every <tt>Function</tt>) where a |
| 1662 | certain function (i.e., some <tt>Function</tt>*) is already in scope. As you'll |
| 1663 | learn later, you may want to use an <tt>InstVisitor</tt> to accomplish this in a |
Chris Lattner | 69bf8a9 | 2004-05-23 21:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1664 | much more straight-forward manner, but this example will allow us to explore how |
Reid Spencer | 128a7a7 | 2007-02-03 21:06:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1665 | you'd do it if you didn't have <tt>InstVisitor</tt> around. In pseudo-code, this |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1666 | is what we want to do:</p> |
| 1667 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1668 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1669 | <pre> |
| 1670 | initialize callCounter to zero |
| 1671 | for each Function f in the Module |
| 1672 | for each BasicBlock b in f |
| 1673 | for each Instruction i in b |
| 1674 | if (i is a CallInst and calls the given function) |
| 1675 | increment callCounter |
| 1676 | </pre> |
| 1677 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1678 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1679 | <p>And the actual code is (remember, because we're writing a |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1680 | <tt>FunctionPass</tt>, our <tt>FunctionPass</tt>-derived class simply has to |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1681 | override the <tt>runOnFunction</tt> method):</p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1682 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1683 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1684 | <pre> |
| 1685 | Function* targetFunc = ...; |
| 1686 | |
| 1687 | class OurFunctionPass : public FunctionPass { |
| 1688 | public: |
| 1689 | OurFunctionPass(): callCounter(0) { } |
| 1690 | |
| 1691 | virtual runOnFunction(Function& F) { |
| 1692 | for (Function::iterator b = F.begin(), be = F.end(); b != be; ++b) { |
Eric Christopher | 203e71d | 2008-11-08 08:20:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1693 | for (BasicBlock::iterator i = b->begin(), ie = b->end(); i != ie; ++i) { |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1694 | if (<a href="#CallInst">CallInst</a>* callInst = <a href="#isa">dyn_cast</a><<a |
| 1695 | href="#CallInst">CallInst</a>>(&*i)) { |
Bill Wendling | 82e2eea | 2006-10-11 18:00:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1696 | // <i>We know we've encountered a call instruction, so we</i> |
| 1697 | // <i>need to determine if it's a call to the</i> |
Chris Lattner | 2e438ca | 2008-01-03 16:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1698 | // <i>function pointed to by m_func or not.</i> |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1699 | if (callInst->getCalledFunction() == targetFunc) |
| 1700 | ++callCounter; |
| 1701 | } |
| 1702 | } |
| 1703 | } |
Bill Wendling | 82e2eea | 2006-10-11 18:00:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1704 | } |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1705 | |
| 1706 | private: |
Chris Lattner | 2e438ca | 2008-01-03 16:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1707 | unsigned callCounter; |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1708 | }; |
| 1709 | </pre> |
| 1710 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1711 | |
| 1712 | </div> |
| 1713 | |
Brian Gaeke | f1972c6 | 2003-11-07 19:25:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1714 | <!--_______________________________________________________________________--> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1715 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 1716 | <a name="calls_and_invokes">Treating calls and invokes the same way</a> |
| 1717 | </div> |
| 1718 | |
| 1719 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1720 | |
| 1721 | <p>You may have noticed that the previous example was a bit oversimplified in |
| 1722 | that it did not deal with call sites generated by 'invoke' instructions. In |
| 1723 | this, and in other situations, you may find that you want to treat |
| 1724 | <tt>CallInst</tt>s and <tt>InvokeInst</tt>s the same way, even though their |
| 1725 | most-specific common base class is <tt>Instruction</tt>, which includes lots of |
| 1726 | less closely-related things. For these cases, LLVM provides a handy wrapper |
| 1727 | class called <a |
Reid Spencer | 05fe4b0 | 2006-03-14 05:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1728 | href="http://llvm.org/doxygen/classllvm_1_1CallSite.html"><tt>CallSite</tt></a>. |
Chris Lattner | 69bf8a9 | 2004-05-23 21:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1729 | It is essentially a wrapper around an <tt>Instruction</tt> pointer, with some |
| 1730 | methods that provide functionality common to <tt>CallInst</tt>s and |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1731 | <tt>InvokeInst</tt>s.</p> |
| 1732 | |
Chris Lattner | 69bf8a9 | 2004-05-23 21:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1733 | <p>This class has "value semantics": it should be passed by value, not by |
| 1734 | reference and it should not be dynamically allocated or deallocated using |
| 1735 | <tt>operator new</tt> or <tt>operator delete</tt>. It is efficiently copyable, |
| 1736 | assignable and constructable, with costs equivalents to that of a bare pointer. |
| 1737 | If you look at its definition, it has only a single pointer member.</p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1738 | |
| 1739 | </div> |
| 1740 | |
Chris Lattner | 1a3105b | 2002-09-09 05:49:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1741 | <!--_______________________________________________________________________--> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1742 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 1743 | <a name="iterate_chains">Iterating over def-use & use-def chains</a> |
| 1744 | </div> |
| 1745 | |
| 1746 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1747 | |
| 1748 | <p>Frequently, we might have an instance of the <a |
Chris Lattner | 0081517 | 2007-01-04 22:01:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1749 | href="/doxygen/classllvm_1_1Value.html">Value Class</a> and we want to |
Misha Brukman | 384047f | 2004-06-03 23:29:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1750 | determine which <tt>User</tt>s use the <tt>Value</tt>. The list of all |
| 1751 | <tt>User</tt>s of a particular <tt>Value</tt> is called a <i>def-use</i> chain. |
| 1752 | For example, let's say we have a <tt>Function*</tt> named <tt>F</tt> to a |
| 1753 | particular function <tt>foo</tt>. Finding all of the instructions that |
| 1754 | <i>use</i> <tt>foo</tt> is as simple as iterating over the <i>def-use</i> chain |
| 1755 | of <tt>F</tt>:</p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1756 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1757 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1758 | <pre> |
Chris Lattner | 2e438ca | 2008-01-03 16:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1759 | Function *F = ...; |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1760 | |
Bill Wendling | 82e2eea | 2006-10-11 18:00:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1761 | for (Value::use_iterator i = F->use_begin(), e = F->use_end(); i != e; ++i) |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1762 | if (Instruction *Inst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(*i)) { |
Bill Wendling | 832171c | 2006-12-07 20:04:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1763 | llvm::cerr << "F is used in instruction:\n"; |
| 1764 | llvm::cerr << *Inst << "\n"; |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1765 | } |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1766 | </pre> |
| 1767 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1768 | |
| 1769 | <p>Alternately, it's common to have an instance of the <a |
Misha Brukman | 384047f | 2004-06-03 23:29:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1770 | href="/doxygen/classllvm_1_1User.html">User Class</a> and need to know what |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1771 | <tt>Value</tt>s are used by it. The list of all <tt>Value</tt>s used by a |
| 1772 | <tt>User</tt> is known as a <i>use-def</i> chain. Instances of class |
| 1773 | <tt>Instruction</tt> are common <tt>User</tt>s, so we might want to iterate over |
| 1774 | all of the values that a particular instruction uses (that is, the operands of |
| 1775 | the particular <tt>Instruction</tt>):</p> |
| 1776 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1777 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1778 | <pre> |
Chris Lattner | 2e438ca | 2008-01-03 16:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1779 | Instruction *pi = ...; |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1780 | |
| 1781 | for (User::op_iterator i = pi->op_begin(), e = pi->op_end(); i != e; ++i) { |
Chris Lattner | 2e438ca | 2008-01-03 16:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1782 | Value *v = *i; |
Bill Wendling | 82e2eea | 2006-10-11 18:00:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1783 | // <i>...</i> |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1784 | } |
| 1785 | </pre> |
| 1786 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1787 | |
Chris Lattner | 1a3105b | 2002-09-09 05:49:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1788 | <!-- |
| 1789 | def-use chains ("finding all users of"): Value::use_begin/use_end |
| 1790 | use-def chains ("finding all values used"): User::op_begin/op_end [op=operand] |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1791 | --> |
| 1792 | |
| 1793 | </div> |
| 1794 | |
Chris Lattner | 2e438ca | 2008-01-03 16:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1795 | <!--_______________________________________________________________________--> |
| 1796 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 1797 | <a name="iterate_preds">Iterating over predecessors & |
| 1798 | successors of blocks</a> |
| 1799 | </div> |
| 1800 | |
| 1801 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1802 | |
| 1803 | <p>Iterating over the predecessors and successors of a block is quite easy |
| 1804 | with the routines defined in <tt>"llvm/Support/CFG.h"</tt>. Just use code like |
| 1805 | this to iterate over all predecessors of BB:</p> |
| 1806 | |
| 1807 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1808 | <pre> |
| 1809 | #include "llvm/Support/CFG.h" |
| 1810 | BasicBlock *BB = ...; |
| 1811 | |
| 1812 | for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(BB), E = pred_end(BB); PI != E; ++PI) { |
| 1813 | BasicBlock *Pred = *PI; |
| 1814 | // <i>...</i> |
| 1815 | } |
| 1816 | </pre> |
| 1817 | </div> |
| 1818 | |
| 1819 | <p>Similarly, to iterate over successors use |
| 1820 | succ_iterator/succ_begin/succ_end.</p> |
| 1821 | |
| 1822 | </div> |
| 1823 | |
| 1824 | |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1825 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 1826 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
| 1827 | <a name="simplechanges">Making simple changes</a> |
| 1828 | </div> |
| 1829 | |
| 1830 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1831 | |
| 1832 | <p>There are some primitive transformation operations present in the LLVM |
Joel Stanley | 753eb71 | 2002-09-11 22:32:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1833 | infrastructure that are worth knowing about. When performing |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1834 | transformations, it's fairly common to manipulate the contents of basic |
| 1835 | blocks. This section describes some of the common methods for doing so |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1836 | and gives example code.</p> |
| 1837 | |
| 1838 | </div> |
| 1839 | |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1840 | <!--_______________________________________________________________________--> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1841 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 1842 | <a name="schanges_creating">Creating and inserting new |
| 1843 | <tt>Instruction</tt>s</a> |
| 1844 | </div> |
| 1845 | |
| 1846 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1847 | |
| 1848 | <p><i>Instantiating Instructions</i></p> |
| 1849 | |
Chris Lattner | 69bf8a9 | 2004-05-23 21:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1850 | <p>Creation of <tt>Instruction</tt>s is straight-forward: simply call the |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1851 | constructor for the kind of instruction to instantiate and provide the necessary |
| 1852 | parameters. For example, an <tt>AllocaInst</tt> only <i>requires</i> a |
| 1853 | (const-ptr-to) <tt>Type</tt>. Thus:</p> |
| 1854 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1855 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1856 | <pre> |
Nick Lewycky | 10d64b9 | 2007-12-03 01:52:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1857 | AllocaInst* ai = new AllocaInst(Type::Int32Ty); |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1858 | </pre> |
| 1859 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1860 | |
| 1861 | <p>will create an <tt>AllocaInst</tt> instance that represents the allocation of |
Reid Spencer | 128a7a7 | 2007-02-03 21:06:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1862 | one integer in the current stack frame, at run time. Each <tt>Instruction</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1863 | subclass is likely to have varying default parameters which change the semantics |
| 1864 | of the instruction, so refer to the <a |
Misha Brukman | 31ca1de | 2004-06-03 23:35:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1865 | href="/doxygen/classllvm_1_1Instruction.html">doxygen documentation for the subclass of |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1866 | Instruction</a> that you're interested in instantiating.</p> |
| 1867 | |
| 1868 | <p><i>Naming values</i></p> |
| 1869 | |
| 1870 | <p>It is very useful to name the values of instructions when you're able to, as |
| 1871 | this facilitates the debugging of your transformations. If you end up looking |
| 1872 | at generated LLVM machine code, you definitely want to have logical names |
| 1873 | associated with the results of instructions! By supplying a value for the |
| 1874 | <tt>Name</tt> (default) parameter of the <tt>Instruction</tt> constructor, you |
| 1875 | associate a logical name with the result of the instruction's execution at |
Reid Spencer | 128a7a7 | 2007-02-03 21:06:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1876 | run time. For example, say that I'm writing a transformation that dynamically |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1877 | allocates space for an integer on the stack, and that integer is going to be |
| 1878 | used as some kind of index by some other code. To accomplish this, I place an |
| 1879 | <tt>AllocaInst</tt> at the first point in the first <tt>BasicBlock</tt> of some |
| 1880 | <tt>Function</tt>, and I'm intending to use it within the same |
| 1881 | <tt>Function</tt>. I might do:</p> |
| 1882 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1883 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1884 | <pre> |
Nick Lewycky | 10d64b9 | 2007-12-03 01:52:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1885 | AllocaInst* pa = new AllocaInst(Type::Int32Ty, 0, "indexLoc"); |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1886 | </pre> |
| 1887 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1888 | |
| 1889 | <p>where <tt>indexLoc</tt> is now the logical name of the instruction's |
Reid Spencer | 128a7a7 | 2007-02-03 21:06:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1890 | execution value, which is a pointer to an integer on the run time stack.</p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1891 | |
| 1892 | <p><i>Inserting instructions</i></p> |
| 1893 | |
| 1894 | <p>There are essentially two ways to insert an <tt>Instruction</tt> |
| 1895 | into an existing sequence of instructions that form a <tt>BasicBlock</tt>:</p> |
| 1896 | |
Joel Stanley | 9dd1ad6 | 2002-09-18 03:17:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1897 | <ul> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1898 | <li>Insertion into an explicit instruction list |
| 1899 | |
| 1900 | <p>Given a <tt>BasicBlock* pb</tt>, an <tt>Instruction* pi</tt> within that |
| 1901 | <tt>BasicBlock</tt>, and a newly-created instruction we wish to insert |
| 1902 | before <tt>*pi</tt>, we do the following: </p> |
| 1903 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1904 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1905 | <pre> |
| 1906 | BasicBlock *pb = ...; |
| 1907 | Instruction *pi = ...; |
| 1908 | Instruction *newInst = new Instruction(...); |
| 1909 | |
Bill Wendling | 82e2eea | 2006-10-11 18:00:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1910 | pb->getInstList().insert(pi, newInst); // <i>Inserts newInst before pi in pb</i> |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1911 | </pre> |
| 1912 | </div> |
Alkis Evlogimenos | 9a5dc4f | 2004-05-27 00:57:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1913 | |
| 1914 | <p>Appending to the end of a <tt>BasicBlock</tt> is so common that |
| 1915 | the <tt>Instruction</tt> class and <tt>Instruction</tt>-derived |
| 1916 | classes provide constructors which take a pointer to a |
| 1917 | <tt>BasicBlock</tt> to be appended to. For example code that |
| 1918 | looked like: </p> |
| 1919 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1920 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1921 | <pre> |
| 1922 | BasicBlock *pb = ...; |
| 1923 | Instruction *newInst = new Instruction(...); |
| 1924 | |
Bill Wendling | 82e2eea | 2006-10-11 18:00:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1925 | pb->getInstList().push_back(newInst); // <i>Appends newInst to pb</i> |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1926 | </pre> |
| 1927 | </div> |
Alkis Evlogimenos | 9a5dc4f | 2004-05-27 00:57:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1928 | |
| 1929 | <p>becomes: </p> |
| 1930 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1931 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1932 | <pre> |
| 1933 | BasicBlock *pb = ...; |
| 1934 | Instruction *newInst = new Instruction(..., pb); |
| 1935 | </pre> |
| 1936 | </div> |
Alkis Evlogimenos | 9a5dc4f | 2004-05-27 00:57:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1937 | |
| 1938 | <p>which is much cleaner, especially if you are creating |
| 1939 | long instruction streams.</p></li> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1940 | |
| 1941 | <li>Insertion into an implicit instruction list |
| 1942 | |
| 1943 | <p><tt>Instruction</tt> instances that are already in <tt>BasicBlock</tt>s |
| 1944 | are implicitly associated with an existing instruction list: the instruction |
| 1945 | list of the enclosing basic block. Thus, we could have accomplished the same |
| 1946 | thing as the above code without being given a <tt>BasicBlock</tt> by doing: |
| 1947 | </p> |
| 1948 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1949 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1950 | <pre> |
| 1951 | Instruction *pi = ...; |
| 1952 | Instruction *newInst = new Instruction(...); |
| 1953 | |
| 1954 | pi->getParent()->getInstList().insert(pi, newInst); |
| 1955 | </pre> |
| 1956 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1957 | |
| 1958 | <p>In fact, this sequence of steps occurs so frequently that the |
| 1959 | <tt>Instruction</tt> class and <tt>Instruction</tt>-derived classes provide |
| 1960 | constructors which take (as a default parameter) a pointer to an |
| 1961 | <tt>Instruction</tt> which the newly-created <tt>Instruction</tt> should |
| 1962 | precede. That is, <tt>Instruction</tt> constructors are capable of |
| 1963 | inserting the newly-created instance into the <tt>BasicBlock</tt> of a |
| 1964 | provided instruction, immediately before that instruction. Using an |
| 1965 | <tt>Instruction</tt> constructor with a <tt>insertBefore</tt> (default) |
| 1966 | parameter, the above code becomes:</p> |
| 1967 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1968 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1969 | <pre> |
| 1970 | Instruction* pi = ...; |
| 1971 | Instruction* newInst = new Instruction(..., pi); |
| 1972 | </pre> |
| 1973 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1974 | |
| 1975 | <p>which is much cleaner, especially if you're creating a lot of |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1976 | instructions and adding them to <tt>BasicBlock</tt>s.</p></li> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1977 | </ul> |
| 1978 | |
| 1979 | </div> |
| 1980 | |
| 1981 | <!--_______________________________________________________________________--> |
| 1982 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 1983 | <a name="schanges_deleting">Deleting <tt>Instruction</tt>s</a> |
| 1984 | </div> |
| 1985 | |
| 1986 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 1987 | |
| 1988 | <p>Deleting an instruction from an existing sequence of instructions that form a |
Chris Lattner | 69bf8a9 | 2004-05-23 21:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1989 | <a href="#BasicBlock"><tt>BasicBlock</tt></a> is very straight-forward. First, |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1990 | you must have a pointer to the instruction that you wish to delete. Second, you |
| 1991 | need to obtain the pointer to that instruction's basic block. You use the |
| 1992 | pointer to the basic block to get its list of instructions and then use the |
| 1993 | erase function to remove your instruction. For example:</p> |
| 1994 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1995 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 1996 | <pre> |
| 1997 | <a href="#Instruction">Instruction</a> *I = .. ; |
Chris Lattner | 9f8ec25 | 2008-02-15 22:57:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1998 | I->eraseFromParent(); |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1999 | </pre> |
| 2000 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2001 | |
| 2002 | </div> |
| 2003 | |
| 2004 | <!--_______________________________________________________________________--> |
| 2005 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 2006 | <a name="schanges_replacing">Replacing an <tt>Instruction</tt> with another |
| 2007 | <tt>Value</tt></a> |
| 2008 | </div> |
| 2009 | |
| 2010 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 2011 | |
| 2012 | <p><i>Replacing individual instructions</i></p> |
| 2013 | |
| 2014 | <p>Including "<a href="/doxygen/BasicBlockUtils_8h-source.html">llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h</a>" |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2015 | permits use of two very useful replace functions: <tt>ReplaceInstWithValue</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2016 | and <tt>ReplaceInstWithInst</tt>.</p> |
| 2017 | |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2018 | <h4><a name="schanges_deleting">Deleting <tt>Instruction</tt>s</a></h4> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2019 | |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2020 | <ul> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2021 | <li><tt>ReplaceInstWithValue</tt> |
| 2022 | |
Nick Lewycky | b6d1f39 | 2008-09-15 06:31:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2023 | <p>This function replaces all uses of a given instruction with a value, |
| 2024 | and then removes the original instruction. The following example |
| 2025 | illustrates the replacement of the result of a particular |
Chris Lattner | 5836082 | 2005-01-17 00:12:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2026 | <tt>AllocaInst</tt> that allocates memory for a single integer with a null |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2027 | pointer to an integer.</p> |
| 2028 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2029 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 2030 | <pre> |
| 2031 | AllocaInst* instToReplace = ...; |
| 2032 | BasicBlock::iterator ii(instToReplace); |
| 2033 | |
| 2034 | ReplaceInstWithValue(instToReplace->getParent()->getInstList(), ii, |
Daniel Dunbar | 58c2ac0 | 2008-10-03 22:17:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2035 | Constant::getNullValue(PointerType::getUnqual(Type::Int32Ty))); |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2036 | </pre></div></li> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2037 | |
| 2038 | <li><tt>ReplaceInstWithInst</tt> |
| 2039 | |
| 2040 | <p>This function replaces a particular instruction with another |
Nick Lewycky | b6d1f39 | 2008-09-15 06:31:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2041 | instruction, inserting the new instruction into the basic block at the |
| 2042 | location where the old instruction was, and replacing any uses of the old |
| 2043 | instruction with the new instruction. The following example illustrates |
| 2044 | the replacement of one <tt>AllocaInst</tt> with another.</p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2045 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2046 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 2047 | <pre> |
| 2048 | AllocaInst* instToReplace = ...; |
| 2049 | BasicBlock::iterator ii(instToReplace); |
| 2050 | |
| 2051 | ReplaceInstWithInst(instToReplace->getParent()->getInstList(), ii, |
Nick Lewycky | 10d64b9 | 2007-12-03 01:52:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2052 | new AllocaInst(Type::Int32Ty, 0, "ptrToReplacedInt")); |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2053 | </pre></div></li> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2054 | </ul> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2055 | |
| 2056 | <p><i>Replacing multiple uses of <tt>User</tt>s and <tt>Value</tt>s</i></p> |
| 2057 | |
| 2058 | <p>You can use <tt>Value::replaceAllUsesWith</tt> and |
| 2059 | <tt>User::replaceUsesOfWith</tt> to change more than one use at a time. See the |
Chris Lattner | 0081517 | 2007-01-04 22:01:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2060 | doxygen documentation for the <a href="/doxygen/classllvm_1_1Value.html">Value Class</a> |
Misha Brukman | 384047f | 2004-06-03 23:29:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2061 | and <a href="/doxygen/classllvm_1_1User.html">User Class</a>, respectively, for more |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2062 | information.</p> |
| 2063 | |
| 2064 | <!-- Value::replaceAllUsesWith User::replaceUsesOfWith Point out: |
| 2065 | include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/ especially BasicBlockUtils.h with: |
| 2066 | ReplaceInstWithValue, ReplaceInstWithInst --> |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 | </div> |
| 2069 | |
Tanya Lattner | b011c66 | 2007-06-20 18:33:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2070 | <!--_______________________________________________________________________--> |
| 2071 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 2072 | <a name="schanges_deletingGV">Deleting <tt>GlobalVariable</tt>s</a> |
| 2073 | </div> |
| 2074 | |
| 2075 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 2076 | |
Tanya Lattner | c5dfcdb | 2007-06-20 20:46:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2077 | <p>Deleting a global variable from a module is just as easy as deleting an |
| 2078 | Instruction. First, you must have a pointer to the global variable that you wish |
| 2079 | to delete. You use this pointer to erase it from its parent, the module. |
Tanya Lattner | b011c66 | 2007-06-20 18:33:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2080 | For example:</p> |
| 2081 | |
| 2082 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 2083 | <pre> |
| 2084 | <a href="#GlobalVariable">GlobalVariable</a> *GV = .. ; |
Tanya Lattner | b011c66 | 2007-06-20 18:33:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2085 | |
Tanya Lattner | c5dfcdb | 2007-06-20 20:46:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2086 | GV->eraseFromParent(); |
Tanya Lattner | b011c66 | 2007-06-20 18:33:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2087 | </pre> |
| 2088 | </div> |
| 2089 | |
| 2090 | </div> |
| 2091 | |
Jeffrey Yasskin | 714257f | 2009-04-30 22:33:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2092 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 2093 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
| 2094 | <a name="create_types">How to Create Types</a> |
| 2095 | </div> |
| 2096 | |
| 2097 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 2098 | |
| 2099 | <p>In generating IR, you may need some complex types. If you know these types |
Misha Brukman | 1af789f | 2009-05-01 20:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2100 | statically, you can use <tt>TypeBuilder<...>::get()</tt>, defined |
Jeffrey Yasskin | 714257f | 2009-04-30 22:33:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2101 | in <tt>llvm/Support/TypeBuilder.h</tt>, to retrieve them. <tt>TypeBuilder</tt> |
| 2102 | has two forms depending on whether you're building types for cross-compilation |
Misha Brukman | 1af789f | 2009-05-01 20:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2103 | or native library use. <tt>TypeBuilder<T, true></tt> requires |
Jeffrey Yasskin | 714257f | 2009-04-30 22:33:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2104 | that <tt>T</tt> be independent of the host environment, meaning that it's built |
| 2105 | out of types from |
| 2106 | the <a href="/doxygen/namespacellvm_1_1types.html"><tt>llvm::types</tt></a> |
| 2107 | namespace and pointers, functions, arrays, etc. built of |
Misha Brukman | 1af789f | 2009-05-01 20:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2108 | those. <tt>TypeBuilder<T, false></tt> additionally allows native C types |
Jeffrey Yasskin | 714257f | 2009-04-30 22:33:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2109 | whose size may depend on the host compiler. For example,</p> |
| 2110 | |
| 2111 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 2112 | <pre> |
Misha Brukman | 1af789f | 2009-05-01 20:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2113 | FunctionType *ft = TypeBuilder<types::i<8>(types::i<32>*), true>::get(); |
Jeffrey Yasskin | 714257f | 2009-04-30 22:33:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2114 | </pre> |
| 2115 | </div> |
| 2116 | |
| 2117 | <p>is easier to read and write than the equivalent</p> |
| 2118 | |
| 2119 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 2120 | <pre> |
| 2121 | std::vector<const Type*> params; |
| 2122 | params.push_back(PointerType::getUnqual(Type::Int32Ty)); |
| 2123 | FunctionType *ft = FunctionType::get(Type::Int8Ty, params, false); |
| 2124 | </pre> |
| 2125 | </div> |
| 2126 | |
| 2127 | <p>See the <a href="/doxygen/TypeBuilder_8h-source.html#l00001">class |
| 2128 | comment</a> for more details.</p> |
| 2129 | |
| 2130 | </div> |
| 2131 | |
Chris Lattner | 9355b47 | 2002-09-06 02:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2132 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2133 | <div class="doc_section"> |
Chris Lattner | d9d6e10 | 2005-04-23 16:10:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2134 | <a name="advanced">Advanced Topics</a> |
| 2135 | </div> |
| 2136 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
| 2137 | |
| 2138 | <div class="doc_text"> |
Chris Lattner | f1b200b | 2005-04-23 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2139 | <p> |
| 2140 | This section describes some of the advanced or obscure API's that most clients |
| 2141 | do not need to be aware of. These API's tend manage the inner workings of the |
| 2142 | LLVM system, and only need to be accessed in unusual circumstances. |
| 2143 | </p> |
| 2144 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | d9d6e10 | 2005-04-23 16:10:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2145 | |
Chris Lattner | f1b200b | 2005-04-23 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2146 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 2147 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
| 2148 | <a name="TypeResolve">LLVM Type Resolution</a> |
| 2149 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | d9d6e10 | 2005-04-23 16:10:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2150 | |
Chris Lattner | f1b200b | 2005-04-23 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2151 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 2152 | |
| 2153 | <p> |
| 2154 | The LLVM type system has a very simple goal: allow clients to compare types for |
| 2155 | structural equality with a simple pointer comparison (aka a shallow compare). |
| 2156 | This goal makes clients much simpler and faster, and is used throughout the LLVM |
| 2157 | system. |
| 2158 | </p> |
| 2159 | |
| 2160 | <p> |
| 2161 | Unfortunately achieving this goal is not a simple matter. In particular, |
| 2162 | recursive types and late resolution of opaque types makes the situation very |
| 2163 | difficult to handle. Fortunately, for the most part, our implementation makes |
| 2164 | most clients able to be completely unaware of the nasty internal details. The |
| 2165 | primary case where clients are exposed to the inner workings of it are when |
Gabor Greif | 04367bf | 2007-07-06 22:07:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2166 | building a recursive type. In addition to this case, the LLVM bitcode reader, |
Chris Lattner | f1b200b | 2005-04-23 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2167 | assembly parser, and linker also have to be aware of the inner workings of this |
| 2168 | system. |
| 2169 | </p> |
| 2170 | |
Chris Lattner | 0f876db | 2005-04-25 15:47:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2171 | <p> |
| 2172 | For our purposes below, we need three concepts. First, an "Opaque Type" is |
| 2173 | exactly as defined in the <a href="LangRef.html#t_opaque">language |
| 2174 | reference</a>. Second an "Abstract Type" is any type which includes an |
Reid Spencer | 06565dc | 2007-01-12 17:11:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2175 | opaque type as part of its type graph (for example "<tt>{ opaque, i32 }</tt>"). |
| 2176 | Third, a concrete type is a type that is not an abstract type (e.g. "<tt>{ i32, |
Chris Lattner | 0f876db | 2005-04-25 15:47:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2177 | float }</tt>"). |
| 2178 | </p> |
| 2179 | |
Chris Lattner | f1b200b | 2005-04-23 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2180 | </div> |
| 2181 | |
| 2182 | <!-- ______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 2183 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 2184 | <a name="BuildRecType">Basic Recursive Type Construction</a> |
| 2185 | </div> |
| 2186 | |
| 2187 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 2188 | |
| 2189 | <p> |
| 2190 | Because the most common question is "how do I build a recursive type with LLVM", |
| 2191 | we answer it now and explain it as we go. Here we include enough to cause this |
| 2192 | to be emitted to an output .ll file: |
| 2193 | </p> |
| 2194 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2195 | <div class="doc_code"> |
Chris Lattner | f1b200b | 2005-04-23 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2196 | <pre> |
Reid Spencer | 06565dc | 2007-01-12 17:11:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2197 | %mylist = type { %mylist*, i32 } |
Chris Lattner | f1b200b | 2005-04-23 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2198 | </pre> |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2199 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | f1b200b | 2005-04-23 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2200 | |
| 2201 | <p> |
| 2202 | To build this, use the following LLVM APIs: |
| 2203 | </p> |
| 2204 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2205 | <div class="doc_code"> |
Chris Lattner | f1b200b | 2005-04-23 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2206 | <pre> |
Bill Wendling | 82e2eea | 2006-10-11 18:00:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2207 | // <i>Create the initial outer struct</i> |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2208 | <a href="#PATypeHolder">PATypeHolder</a> StructTy = OpaqueType::get(); |
| 2209 | std::vector<const Type*> Elts; |
Daniel Dunbar | 58c2ac0 | 2008-10-03 22:17:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2210 | Elts.push_back(PointerType::getUnqual(StructTy)); |
Nick Lewycky | 10d64b9 | 2007-12-03 01:52:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2211 | Elts.push_back(Type::Int32Ty); |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2212 | StructType *NewSTy = StructType::get(Elts); |
Chris Lattner | f1b200b | 2005-04-23 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2213 | |
Reid Spencer | 06565dc | 2007-01-12 17:11:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2214 | // <i>At this point, NewSTy = "{ opaque*, i32 }". Tell VMCore that</i> |
Bill Wendling | 82e2eea | 2006-10-11 18:00:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2215 | // <i>the struct and the opaque type are actually the same.</i> |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2216 | cast<OpaqueType>(StructTy.get())-><a href="#refineAbstractTypeTo">refineAbstractTypeTo</a>(NewSTy); |
Chris Lattner | f1b200b | 2005-04-23 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2217 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2218 | // <i>NewSTy is potentially invalidated, but StructTy (a <a href="#PATypeHolder">PATypeHolder</a>) is</i> |
Bill Wendling | 82e2eea | 2006-10-11 18:00:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2219 | // <i>kept up-to-date</i> |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2220 | NewSTy = cast<StructType>(StructTy.get()); |
Chris Lattner | f1b200b | 2005-04-23 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2221 | |
Bill Wendling | 82e2eea | 2006-10-11 18:00:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2222 | // <i>Add a name for the type to the module symbol table (optional)</i> |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2223 | MyModule->addTypeName("mylist", NewSTy); |
Chris Lattner | f1b200b | 2005-04-23 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2224 | </pre> |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2225 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | f1b200b | 2005-04-23 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2226 | |
| 2227 | <p> |
| 2228 | This code shows the basic approach used to build recursive types: build a |
| 2229 | non-recursive type using 'opaque', then use type unification to close the cycle. |
| 2230 | The type unification step is performed by the <tt><a |
Chris Lattner | aff26d1 | 2007-02-03 03:06:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2231 | href="#refineAbstractTypeTo">refineAbstractTypeTo</a></tt> method, which is |
Chris Lattner | f1b200b | 2005-04-23 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2232 | described next. After that, we describe the <a |
| 2233 | href="#PATypeHolder">PATypeHolder class</a>. |
| 2234 | </p> |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 | </div> |
| 2237 | |
| 2238 | <!-- ______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 2239 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 2240 | <a name="refineAbstractTypeTo">The <tt>refineAbstractTypeTo</tt> method</a> |
| 2241 | </div> |
| 2242 | |
| 2243 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 2244 | <p> |
| 2245 | The <tt>refineAbstractTypeTo</tt> method starts the type unification process. |
| 2246 | While this method is actually a member of the DerivedType class, it is most |
| 2247 | often used on OpaqueType instances. Type unification is actually a recursive |
| 2248 | process. After unification, types can become structurally isomorphic to |
| 2249 | existing types, and all duplicates are deleted (to preserve pointer equality). |
| 2250 | </p> |
| 2251 | |
| 2252 | <p> |
| 2253 | In the example above, the OpaqueType object is definitely deleted. |
Reid Spencer | 06565dc | 2007-01-12 17:11:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2254 | Additionally, if there is an "{ \2*, i32}" type already created in the system, |
Chris Lattner | f1b200b | 2005-04-23 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2255 | the pointer and struct type created are <b>also</b> deleted. Obviously whenever |
| 2256 | a type is deleted, any "Type*" pointers in the program are invalidated. As |
| 2257 | such, it is safest to avoid having <i>any</i> "Type*" pointers to abstract types |
| 2258 | live across a call to <tt>refineAbstractTypeTo</tt> (note that non-abstract |
| 2259 | types can never move or be deleted). To deal with this, the <a |
| 2260 | href="#PATypeHolder">PATypeHolder</a> class is used to maintain a stable |
| 2261 | reference to a possibly refined type, and the <a |
| 2262 | href="#AbstractTypeUser">AbstractTypeUser</a> class is used to update more |
| 2263 | complex datastructures. |
| 2264 | </p> |
| 2265 | |
| 2266 | </div> |
| 2267 | |
| 2268 | <!-- ______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 2269 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 2270 | <a name="PATypeHolder">The PATypeHolder Class</a> |
| 2271 | </div> |
| 2272 | |
| 2273 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 2274 | <p> |
| 2275 | PATypeHolder is a form of a "smart pointer" for Type objects. When VMCore |
| 2276 | happily goes about nuking types that become isomorphic to existing types, it |
| 2277 | automatically updates all PATypeHolder objects to point to the new type. In the |
| 2278 | example above, this allows the code to maintain a pointer to the resultant |
| 2279 | resolved recursive type, even though the Type*'s are potentially invalidated. |
| 2280 | </p> |
| 2281 | |
| 2282 | <p> |
| 2283 | PATypeHolder is an extremely light-weight object that uses a lazy union-find |
| 2284 | implementation to update pointers. For example the pointer from a Value to its |
| 2285 | Type is maintained by PATypeHolder objects. |
| 2286 | </p> |
| 2287 | |
| 2288 | </div> |
| 2289 | |
| 2290 | <!-- ______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 2291 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 2292 | <a name="AbstractTypeUser">The AbstractTypeUser Class</a> |
| 2293 | </div> |
| 2294 | |
| 2295 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 2296 | |
| 2297 | <p> |
| 2298 | Some data structures need more to perform more complex updates when types get |
Chris Lattner | 263a98e | 2007-02-16 04:37:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2299 | resolved. To support this, a class can derive from the AbstractTypeUser class. |
| 2300 | This class |
Chris Lattner | f1b200b | 2005-04-23 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2301 | allows it to get callbacks when certain types are resolved. To register to get |
| 2302 | callbacks for a particular type, the DerivedType::{add/remove}AbstractTypeUser |
Chris Lattner | 0f876db | 2005-04-25 15:47:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2303 | methods can be called on a type. Note that these methods only work for <i> |
Reid Spencer | 06565dc | 2007-01-12 17:11:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2304 | abstract</i> types. Concrete types (those that do not include any opaque |
| 2305 | objects) can never be refined. |
Chris Lattner | f1b200b | 2005-04-23 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2306 | </p> |
Chris Lattner | d9d6e10 | 2005-04-23 16:10:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2307 | </div> |
| 2308 | |
| 2309 | |
| 2310 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 2311 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
Chris Lattner | 263a98e | 2007-02-16 04:37:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2312 | <a name="SymbolTable">The <tt>ValueSymbolTable</tt> and |
| 2313 | <tt>TypeSymbolTable</tt> classes</a> |
Chris Lattner | d9d6e10 | 2005-04-23 16:10:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2314 | </div> |
Chris Lattner | f1b200b | 2005-04-23 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2315 | |
Chris Lattner | d9d6e10 | 2005-04-23 16:10:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2316 | <div class="doc_text"> |
Chris Lattner | 263a98e | 2007-02-16 04:37:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2317 | <p>The <tt><a href="http://llvm.org/doxygen/classllvm_1_1ValueSymbolTable.html"> |
| 2318 | ValueSymbolTable</a></tt> class provides a symbol table that the <a |
Chris Lattner | d9d6e10 | 2005-04-23 16:10:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2319 | href="#Function"><tt>Function</tt></a> and <a href="#Module"> |
Chris Lattner | 263a98e | 2007-02-16 04:37:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2320 | <tt>Module</tt></a> classes use for naming value definitions. The symbol table |
| 2321 | can provide a name for any <a href="#Value"><tt>Value</tt></a>. |
| 2322 | The <tt><a href="http://llvm.org/doxygen/classllvm_1_1TypeSymbolTable.html"> |
| 2323 | TypeSymbolTable</a></tt> class is used by the <tt>Module</tt> class to store |
| 2324 | names for types.</p> |
Chris Lattner | d9d6e10 | 2005-04-23 16:10:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2325 | |
Reid Spencer | a636224 | 2007-01-07 00:41:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2326 | <p>Note that the <tt>SymbolTable</tt> class should not be directly accessed |
| 2327 | by most clients. It should only be used when iteration over the symbol table |
| 2328 | names themselves are required, which is very special purpose. Note that not |
| 2329 | all LLVM |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2330 | <tt><a href="#Value">Value</a></tt>s have names, and those without names (i.e. they have |
Chris Lattner | d9d6e10 | 2005-04-23 16:10:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2331 | an empty name) do not exist in the symbol table. |
| 2332 | </p> |
| 2333 | |
Chris Lattner | 263a98e | 2007-02-16 04:37:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2334 | <p>These symbol tables support iteration over the values/types in the symbol |
| 2335 | table with <tt>begin/end/iterator</tt> and supports querying to see if a |
| 2336 | specific name is in the symbol table (with <tt>lookup</tt>). The |
| 2337 | <tt>ValueSymbolTable</tt> class exposes no public mutator methods, instead, |
| 2338 | simply call <tt>setName</tt> on a value, which will autoinsert it into the |
| 2339 | appropriate symbol table. For types, use the Module::addTypeName method to |
| 2340 | insert entries into the symbol table.</p> |
Chris Lattner | d9d6e10 | 2005-04-23 16:10:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2341 | |
Chris Lattner | d9d6e10 | 2005-04-23 16:10:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2342 | </div> |
| 2343 | |
| 2344 | |
| 2345 | |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2346 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 2347 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
| 2348 | <a name="UserLayout">The <tt>User</tt> and owned <tt>Use</tt> classes' memory layout</a> |
| 2349 | </div> |
| 2350 | |
| 2351 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 2352 | <p>The <tt><a href="http://llvm.org/doxygen/classllvm_1_1User.html"> |
Gabor Greif | fd095b6 | 2009-01-05 16:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2353 | User</a></tt> class provides a basis for expressing the ownership of <tt>User</tt> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2354 | towards other <tt><a href="http://llvm.org/doxygen/classllvm_1_1Value.html"> |
| 2355 | Value</a></tt>s. The <tt><a href="http://llvm.org/doxygen/classllvm_1_1Use.html"> |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2356 | Use</a></tt> helper class is employed to do the bookkeeping and to facilitate <i>O(1)</i> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2357 | addition and removal.</p> |
| 2358 | |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2359 | <!-- ______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 2360 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
Gabor Greif | fd095b6 | 2009-01-05 16:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2361 | <a name="Use2User">Interaction and relationship between <tt>User</tt> and <tt>Use</tt> objects</a> |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2362 | </div> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2363 | |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2364 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 2365 | <p> |
| 2366 | A subclass of <tt>User</tt> can choose between incorporating its <tt>Use</tt> objects |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2367 | or refer to them out-of-line by means of a pointer. A mixed variant |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2368 | (some <tt>Use</tt>s inline others hung off) is impractical and breaks the invariant |
| 2369 | that the <tt>Use</tt> objects belonging to the same <tt>User</tt> form a contiguous array. |
| 2370 | </p> |
| 2371 | </div> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2372 | |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2373 | <p> |
| 2374 | We have 2 different layouts in the <tt>User</tt> (sub)classes: |
| 2375 | <ul> |
| 2376 | <li><p>Layout a) |
| 2377 | The <tt>Use</tt> object(s) are inside (resp. at fixed offset) of the <tt>User</tt> |
| 2378 | object and there are a fixed number of them.</p> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2379 | |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2380 | <li><p>Layout b) |
| 2381 | The <tt>Use</tt> object(s) are referenced by a pointer to an |
| 2382 | array from the <tt>User</tt> object and there may be a variable |
| 2383 | number of them.</p> |
| 2384 | </ul> |
| 2385 | <p> |
Gabor Greif | d41720a | 2008-06-25 00:10:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2386 | As of v2.4 each layout still possesses a direct pointer to the |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2387 | start of the array of <tt>Use</tt>s. Though not mandatory for layout a), |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2388 | we stick to this redundancy for the sake of simplicity. |
Gabor Greif | d41720a | 2008-06-25 00:10:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2389 | The <tt>User</tt> object also stores the number of <tt>Use</tt> objects it |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2390 | has. (Theoretically this information can also be calculated |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2391 | given the scheme presented below.)</p> |
| 2392 | <p> |
| 2393 | Special forms of allocation operators (<tt>operator new</tt>) |
Gabor Greif | d41720a | 2008-06-25 00:10:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2394 | enforce the following memory layouts:</p> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2395 | |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2396 | <ul> |
Gabor Greif | d41720a | 2008-06-25 00:10:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2397 | <li><p>Layout a) is modelled by prepending the <tt>User</tt> object by the <tt>Use[]</tt> array.</p> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2398 | |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2399 | <pre> |
| 2400 | ...---.---.---.---.-------... |
| 2401 | | P | P | P | P | User |
| 2402 | '''---'---'---'---'-------''' |
| 2403 | </pre> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2404 | |
Gabor Greif | d41720a | 2008-06-25 00:10:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2405 | <li><p>Layout b) is modelled by pointing at the <tt>Use[]</tt> array.</p> |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2406 | <pre> |
| 2407 | .-------... |
| 2408 | | User |
| 2409 | '-------''' |
| 2410 | | |
| 2411 | v |
| 2412 | .---.---.---.---... |
| 2413 | | P | P | P | P | |
| 2414 | '---'---'---'---''' |
| 2415 | </pre> |
| 2416 | </ul> |
| 2417 | <i>(In the above figures '<tt>P</tt>' stands for the <tt>Use**</tt> that |
| 2418 | is stored in each <tt>Use</tt> object in the member <tt>Use::Prev</tt>)</i> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2419 | |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2420 | <!-- ______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 2421 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
Gabor Greif | fd095b6 | 2009-01-05 16:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2422 | <a name="Waymarking">The waymarking algorithm</a> |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2423 | </div> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2424 | |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2425 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 2426 | <p> |
Gabor Greif | d41720a | 2008-06-25 00:10:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2427 | Since the <tt>Use</tt> objects are deprived of the direct (back)pointer to |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2428 | their <tt>User</tt> objects, there must be a fast and exact method to |
| 2429 | recover it. This is accomplished by the following scheme:</p> |
| 2430 | </div> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2431 | |
Gabor Greif | d41720a | 2008-06-25 00:10:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2432 | A bit-encoding in the 2 LSBits (least significant bits) of the <tt>Use::Prev</tt> allows to find the |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2433 | start of the <tt>User</tt> object: |
| 2434 | <ul> |
| 2435 | <li><tt>00</tt> —> binary digit 0</li> |
| 2436 | <li><tt>01</tt> —> binary digit 1</li> |
| 2437 | <li><tt>10</tt> —> stop and calculate (<tt>s</tt>)</li> |
| 2438 | <li><tt>11</tt> —> full stop (<tt>S</tt>)</li> |
| 2439 | </ul> |
| 2440 | <p> |
| 2441 | Given a <tt>Use*</tt>, all we have to do is to walk till we get |
| 2442 | a stop and we either have a <tt>User</tt> immediately behind or |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2443 | we have to walk to the next stop picking up digits |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2444 | and calculating the offset:</p> |
| 2445 | <pre> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2446 | .---.---.---.---.---.---.---.---.---.---.---.---.---.---.---.---.---------------- |
| 2447 | | 1 | s | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | s | 1 | 1 | 0 | s | 1 | 1 | s | 1 | S | User (or User*) |
| 2448 | '---'---'---'---'---'---'---'---'---'---'---'---'---'---'---'---'---------------- |
| 2449 | |+15 |+10 |+6 |+3 |+1 |
| 2450 | | | | | |__> |
| 2451 | | | | |__________> |
| 2452 | | | |______________________> |
| 2453 | | |______________________________________> |
| 2454 | |__________________________________________________________> |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2455 | </pre> |
| 2456 | <p> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2457 | Only the significant number of bits need to be stored between the |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2458 | stops, so that the <i>worst case is 20 memory accesses</i> when there are |
| 2459 | 1000 <tt>Use</tt> objects associated with a <tt>User</tt>.</p> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2460 | |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2461 | <!-- ______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 2462 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
Gabor Greif | fd095b6 | 2009-01-05 16:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2463 | <a name="ReferenceImpl">Reference implementation</a> |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2464 | </div> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2465 | |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2466 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 2467 | <p> |
| 2468 | The following literate Haskell fragment demonstrates the concept:</p> |
| 2469 | </div> |
| 2470 | |
| 2471 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 2472 | <pre> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2473 | > import Test.QuickCheck |
| 2474 | > |
| 2475 | > digits :: Int -> [Char] -> [Char] |
| 2476 | > digits 0 acc = '0' : acc |
| 2477 | > digits 1 acc = '1' : acc |
| 2478 | > digits n acc = digits (n `div` 2) $ digits (n `mod` 2) acc |
| 2479 | > |
| 2480 | > dist :: Int -> [Char] -> [Char] |
| 2481 | > dist 0 [] = ['S'] |
| 2482 | > dist 0 acc = acc |
| 2483 | > dist 1 acc = let r = dist 0 acc in 's' : digits (length r) r |
| 2484 | > dist n acc = dist (n - 1) $ dist 1 acc |
| 2485 | > |
| 2486 | > takeLast n ss = reverse $ take n $ reverse ss |
| 2487 | > |
| 2488 | > test = takeLast 40 $ dist 20 [] |
| 2489 | > |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2490 | </pre> |
| 2491 | </div> |
| 2492 | <p> |
| 2493 | Printing <test> gives: <tt>"1s100000s11010s10100s1111s1010s110s11s1S"</tt></p> |
| 2494 | <p> |
| 2495 | The reverse algorithm computes the length of the string just by examining |
| 2496 | a certain prefix:</p> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2497 | |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2498 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 2499 | <pre> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2500 | > pref :: [Char] -> Int |
| 2501 | > pref "S" = 1 |
| 2502 | > pref ('s':'1':rest) = decode 2 1 rest |
| 2503 | > pref (_:rest) = 1 + pref rest |
| 2504 | > |
| 2505 | > decode walk acc ('0':rest) = decode (walk + 1) (acc * 2) rest |
| 2506 | > decode walk acc ('1':rest) = decode (walk + 1) (acc * 2 + 1) rest |
| 2507 | > decode walk acc _ = walk + acc |
| 2508 | > |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2509 | </pre> |
| 2510 | </div> |
| 2511 | <p> |
| 2512 | Now, as expected, printing <pref test> gives <tt>40</tt>.</p> |
| 2513 | <p> |
| 2514 | We can <i>quickCheck</i> this with following property:</p> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2515 | |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2516 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 2517 | <pre> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2518 | > testcase = dist 2000 [] |
| 2519 | > testcaseLength = length testcase |
| 2520 | > |
| 2521 | > identityProp n = n > 0 && n <= testcaseLength ==> length arr == pref arr |
| 2522 | > where arr = takeLast n testcase |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2523 | > |
| 2524 | </pre> |
| 2525 | </div> |
| 2526 | <p> |
| 2527 | As expected <quickCheck identityProp> gives:</p> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2528 | |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2529 | <pre> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2530 | *Main> quickCheck identityProp |
| 2531 | OK, passed 100 tests. |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2532 | </pre> |
| 2533 | <p> |
| 2534 | Let's be a bit more exhaustive:</p> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2535 | |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2536 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 2537 | <pre> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2538 | > |
| 2539 | > deepCheck p = check (defaultConfig { configMaxTest = 500 }) p |
| 2540 | > |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2541 | </pre> |
| 2542 | </div> |
| 2543 | <p> |
| 2544 | And here is the result of <deepCheck identityProp>:</p> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2545 | |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2546 | <pre> |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2547 | *Main> deepCheck identityProp |
| 2548 | OK, passed 500 tests. |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2549 | </pre> |
| 2550 | |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2551 | <!-- ______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 2552 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
Gabor Greif | fd095b6 | 2009-01-05 16:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2553 | <a name="Tagging">Tagging considerations</a> |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2554 | </div> |
| 2555 | |
| 2556 | <p> |
| 2557 | To maintain the invariant that the 2 LSBits of each <tt>Use**</tt> in <tt>Use</tt> |
| 2558 | never change after being set up, setters of <tt>Use::Prev</tt> must re-tag the |
| 2559 | new <tt>Use**</tt> on every modification. Accordingly getters must strip the |
| 2560 | tag bits.</p> |
| 2561 | <p> |
Gabor Greif | d41720a | 2008-06-25 00:10:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2562 | For layout b) instead of the <tt>User</tt> we find a pointer (<tt>User*</tt> with LSBit set). |
| 2563 | Following this pointer brings us to the <tt>User</tt>. A portable trick ensures |
| 2564 | that the first bytes of <tt>User</tt> (if interpreted as a pointer) never has |
Gabor Greif | fd095b6 | 2009-01-05 16:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2565 | the LSBit set. (Portability is relying on the fact that all known compilers place the |
| 2566 | <tt>vptr</tt> in the first word of the instances.)</p> |
Gabor Greif | dfed118 | 2008-06-18 13:44:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2567 | |
Gabor Greif | e98fc27 | 2008-06-16 21:06:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2568 | </div> |
| 2569 | |
| 2570 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
Chris Lattner | d9d6e10 | 2005-04-23 16:10:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2571 | <div class="doc_section"> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2572 | <a name="coreclasses">The Core LLVM Class Hierarchy Reference </a> |
| 2573 | </div> |
| 2574 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
| 2575 | |
| 2576 | <div class="doc_text"> |
Reid Spencer | 303c4b4 | 2007-01-12 17:26:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2577 | <p><tt>#include "<a href="/doxygen/Type_8h-source.html">llvm/Type.h</a>"</tt> |
| 2578 | <br>doxygen info: <a href="/doxygen/classllvm_1_1Type.html">Type Class</a></p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2579 | |
| 2580 | <p>The Core LLVM classes are the primary means of representing the program |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2581 | being inspected or transformed. The core LLVM classes are defined in |
| 2582 | header files in the <tt>include/llvm/</tt> directory, and implemented in |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2583 | the <tt>lib/VMCore</tt> directory.</p> |
| 2584 | |
| 2585 | </div> |
| 2586 | |
| 2587 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 2588 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
Reid Spencer | 303c4b4 | 2007-01-12 17:26:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2589 | <a name="Type">The <tt>Type</tt> class and Derived Types</a> |
| 2590 | </div> |
| 2591 | |
| 2592 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 2593 | |
| 2594 | <p><tt>Type</tt> is a superclass of all type classes. Every <tt>Value</tt> has |
| 2595 | a <tt>Type</tt>. <tt>Type</tt> cannot be instantiated directly but only |
| 2596 | through its subclasses. Certain primitive types (<tt>VoidType</tt>, |
| 2597 | <tt>LabelType</tt>, <tt>FloatType</tt> and <tt>DoubleType</tt>) have hidden |
| 2598 | subclasses. They are hidden because they offer no useful functionality beyond |
| 2599 | what the <tt>Type</tt> class offers except to distinguish themselves from |
| 2600 | other subclasses of <tt>Type</tt>.</p> |
| 2601 | <p>All other types are subclasses of <tt>DerivedType</tt>. Types can be |
| 2602 | named, but this is not a requirement. There exists exactly |
| 2603 | one instance of a given shape at any one time. This allows type equality to |
| 2604 | be performed with address equality of the Type Instance. That is, given two |
| 2605 | <tt>Type*</tt> values, the types are identical if the pointers are identical. |
| 2606 | </p> |
| 2607 | </div> |
| 2608 | |
| 2609 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 2610 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
Gabor Greif | fd095b6 | 2009-01-05 16:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2611 | <a name="m_Type">Important Public Methods</a> |
Reid Spencer | 303c4b4 | 2007-01-12 17:26:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2612 | </div> |
| 2613 | |
| 2614 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 2615 | |
| 2616 | <ul> |
Chris Lattner | 8f79df3 | 2007-01-15 01:55:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2617 | <li><tt>bool isInteger() const</tt>: Returns true for any integer type.</li> |
Reid Spencer | 303c4b4 | 2007-01-12 17:26:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2618 | |
| 2619 | <li><tt>bool isFloatingPoint()</tt>: Return true if this is one of the two |
| 2620 | floating point types.</li> |
| 2621 | |
| 2622 | <li><tt>bool isAbstract()</tt>: Return true if the type is abstract (contains |
| 2623 | an OpaqueType anywhere in its definition).</li> |
| 2624 | |
| 2625 | <li><tt>bool isSized()</tt>: Return true if the type has known size. Things |
| 2626 | that don't have a size are abstract types, labels and void.</li> |
| 2627 | |
| 2628 | </ul> |
| 2629 | </div> |
| 2630 | |
| 2631 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 2632 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
Gabor Greif | fd095b6 | 2009-01-05 16:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2633 | <a name="derivedtypes">Important Derived Types</a> |
Reid Spencer | 303c4b4 | 2007-01-12 17:26:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2634 | </div> |
| 2635 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 2636 | <dl> |
| 2637 | <dt><tt>IntegerType</tt></dt> |
| 2638 | <dd>Subclass of DerivedType that represents integer types of any bit width. |
| 2639 | Any bit width between <tt>IntegerType::MIN_INT_BITS</tt> (1) and |
| 2640 | <tt>IntegerType::MAX_INT_BITS</tt> (~8 million) can be represented. |
| 2641 | <ul> |
| 2642 | <li><tt>static const IntegerType* get(unsigned NumBits)</tt>: get an integer |
| 2643 | type of a specific bit width.</li> |
| 2644 | <li><tt>unsigned getBitWidth() const</tt>: Get the bit width of an integer |
| 2645 | type.</li> |
| 2646 | </ul> |
| 2647 | </dd> |
| 2648 | <dt><tt>SequentialType</tt></dt> |
| 2649 | <dd>This is subclassed by ArrayType and PointerType |
| 2650 | <ul> |
| 2651 | <li><tt>const Type * getElementType() const</tt>: Returns the type of each |
| 2652 | of the elements in the sequential type. </li> |
| 2653 | </ul> |
| 2654 | </dd> |
| 2655 | <dt><tt>ArrayType</tt></dt> |
| 2656 | <dd>This is a subclass of SequentialType and defines the interface for array |
| 2657 | types. |
| 2658 | <ul> |
| 2659 | <li><tt>unsigned getNumElements() const</tt>: Returns the number of |
| 2660 | elements in the array. </li> |
| 2661 | </ul> |
| 2662 | </dd> |
| 2663 | <dt><tt>PointerType</tt></dt> |
Chris Lattner | 302da1e | 2007-02-03 03:05:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2664 | <dd>Subclass of SequentialType for pointer types.</dd> |
Reid Spencer | 9d6565a | 2007-02-15 02:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2665 | <dt><tt>VectorType</tt></dt> |
Reid Spencer | 485bad1 | 2007-02-15 03:07:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2666 | <dd>Subclass of SequentialType for vector types. A |
| 2667 | vector type is similar to an ArrayType but is distinguished because it is |
| 2668 | a first class type wherease ArrayType is not. Vector types are used for |
Reid Spencer | 303c4b4 | 2007-01-12 17:26:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2669 | vector operations and are usually small vectors of of an integer or floating |
| 2670 | point type.</dd> |
| 2671 | <dt><tt>StructType</tt></dt> |
| 2672 | <dd>Subclass of DerivedTypes for struct types.</dd> |
Duncan Sands | 8036ca4 | 2007-03-30 12:22:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2673 | <dt><tt><a name="FunctionType">FunctionType</a></tt></dt> |
Reid Spencer | 303c4b4 | 2007-01-12 17:26:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2674 | <dd>Subclass of DerivedTypes for function types. |
| 2675 | <ul> |
| 2676 | <li><tt>bool isVarArg() const</tt>: Returns true if its a vararg |
| 2677 | function</li> |
| 2678 | <li><tt> const Type * getReturnType() const</tt>: Returns the |
| 2679 | return type of the function.</li> |
| 2680 | <li><tt>const Type * getParamType (unsigned i)</tt>: Returns |
| 2681 | the type of the ith parameter.</li> |
| 2682 | <li><tt> const unsigned getNumParams() const</tt>: Returns the |
| 2683 | number of formal parameters.</li> |
| 2684 | </ul> |
| 2685 | </dd> |
| 2686 | <dt><tt>OpaqueType</tt></dt> |
| 2687 | <dd>Sublcass of DerivedType for abstract types. This class |
| 2688 | defines no content and is used as a placeholder for some other type. Note |
| 2689 | that OpaqueType is used (temporarily) during type resolution for forward |
| 2690 | references of types. Once the referenced type is resolved, the OpaqueType |
| 2691 | is replaced with the actual type. OpaqueType can also be used for data |
| 2692 | abstraction. At link time opaque types can be resolved to actual types |
| 2693 | of the same name.</dd> |
| 2694 | </dl> |
| 2695 | </div> |
| 2696 | |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2697 | |
| 2698 | |
| 2699 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 2700 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
| 2701 | <a name="Module">The <tt>Module</tt> class</a> |
| 2702 | </div> |
| 2703 | |
| 2704 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 | <p><tt>#include "<a |
| 2707 | href="/doxygen/Module_8h-source.html">llvm/Module.h</a>"</tt><br> doxygen info: |
| 2708 | <a href="/doxygen/classllvm_1_1Module.html">Module Class</a></p> |
| 2709 | |
| 2710 | <p>The <tt>Module</tt> class represents the top level structure present in LLVM |
| 2711 | programs. An LLVM module is effectively either a translation unit of the |
| 2712 | original program or a combination of several translation units merged by the |
| 2713 | linker. The <tt>Module</tt> class keeps track of a list of <a |
| 2714 | href="#Function"><tt>Function</tt></a>s, a list of <a |
| 2715 | href="#GlobalVariable"><tt>GlobalVariable</tt></a>s, and a <a |
| 2716 | href="#SymbolTable"><tt>SymbolTable</tt></a>. Additionally, it contains a few |
| 2717 | helpful member functions that try to make common operations easy.</p> |
| 2718 | |
| 2719 | </div> |
| 2720 | |
| 2721 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 2722 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 2723 | <a name="m_Module">Important Public Members of the <tt>Module</tt> class</a> |
| 2724 | </div> |
| 2725 | |
| 2726 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 2727 | |
| 2728 | <ul> |
| 2729 | <li><tt>Module::Module(std::string name = "")</tt></li> |
| 2730 | </ul> |
| 2731 | |
| 2732 | <p>Constructing a <a href="#Module">Module</a> is easy. You can optionally |
| 2733 | provide a name for it (probably based on the name of the translation unit).</p> |
| 2734 | |
| 2735 | <ul> |
| 2736 | <li><tt>Module::iterator</tt> - Typedef for function list iterator<br> |
| 2737 | <tt>Module::const_iterator</tt> - Typedef for const_iterator.<br> |
| 2738 | |
| 2739 | <tt>begin()</tt>, <tt>end()</tt> |
| 2740 | <tt>size()</tt>, <tt>empty()</tt> |
| 2741 | |
| 2742 | <p>These are forwarding methods that make it easy to access the contents of |
| 2743 | a <tt>Module</tt> object's <a href="#Function"><tt>Function</tt></a> |
| 2744 | list.</p></li> |
| 2745 | |
| 2746 | <li><tt>Module::FunctionListType &getFunctionList()</tt> |
| 2747 | |
| 2748 | <p> Returns the list of <a href="#Function"><tt>Function</tt></a>s. This is |
| 2749 | necessary to use when you need to update the list or perform a complex |
| 2750 | action that doesn't have a forwarding method.</p> |
| 2751 | |
| 2752 | <p><!-- Global Variable --></p></li> |
| 2753 | </ul> |
| 2754 | |
| 2755 | <hr> |
| 2756 | |
| 2757 | <ul> |
| 2758 | <li><tt>Module::global_iterator</tt> - Typedef for global variable list iterator<br> |
| 2759 | |
| 2760 | <tt>Module::const_global_iterator</tt> - Typedef for const_iterator.<br> |
| 2761 | |
| 2762 | <tt>global_begin()</tt>, <tt>global_end()</tt> |
| 2763 | <tt>global_size()</tt>, <tt>global_empty()</tt> |
| 2764 | |
| 2765 | <p> These are forwarding methods that make it easy to access the contents of |
| 2766 | a <tt>Module</tt> object's <a |
| 2767 | href="#GlobalVariable"><tt>GlobalVariable</tt></a> list.</p></li> |
| 2768 | |
| 2769 | <li><tt>Module::GlobalListType &getGlobalList()</tt> |
| 2770 | |
| 2771 | <p>Returns the list of <a |
| 2772 | href="#GlobalVariable"><tt>GlobalVariable</tt></a>s. This is necessary to |
| 2773 | use when you need to update the list or perform a complex action that |
| 2774 | doesn't have a forwarding method.</p> |
| 2775 | |
| 2776 | <p><!-- Symbol table stuff --> </p></li> |
| 2777 | </ul> |
| 2778 | |
| 2779 | <hr> |
| 2780 | |
| 2781 | <ul> |
| 2782 | <li><tt><a href="#SymbolTable">SymbolTable</a> *getSymbolTable()</tt> |
| 2783 | |
| 2784 | <p>Return a reference to the <a href="#SymbolTable"><tt>SymbolTable</tt></a> |
| 2785 | for this <tt>Module</tt>.</p> |
| 2786 | |
| 2787 | <p><!-- Convenience methods --></p></li> |
| 2788 | </ul> |
| 2789 | |
| 2790 | <hr> |
| 2791 | |
| 2792 | <ul> |
| 2793 | <li><tt><a href="#Function">Function</a> *getFunction(const std::string |
| 2794 | &Name, const <a href="#FunctionType">FunctionType</a> *Ty)</tt> |
| 2795 | |
| 2796 | <p>Look up the specified function in the <tt>Module</tt> <a |
| 2797 | href="#SymbolTable"><tt>SymbolTable</tt></a>. If it does not exist, return |
| 2798 | <tt>null</tt>.</p></li> |
| 2799 | |
| 2800 | <li><tt><a href="#Function">Function</a> *getOrInsertFunction(const |
| 2801 | std::string &Name, const <a href="#FunctionType">FunctionType</a> *T)</tt> |
| 2802 | |
| 2803 | <p>Look up the specified function in the <tt>Module</tt> <a |
| 2804 | href="#SymbolTable"><tt>SymbolTable</tt></a>. If it does not exist, add an |
| 2805 | external declaration for the function and return it.</p></li> |
| 2806 | |
| 2807 | <li><tt>std::string getTypeName(const <a href="#Type">Type</a> *Ty)</tt> |
| 2808 | |
| 2809 | <p>If there is at least one entry in the <a |
| 2810 | href="#SymbolTable"><tt>SymbolTable</tt></a> for the specified <a |
| 2811 | href="#Type"><tt>Type</tt></a>, return it. Otherwise return the empty |
| 2812 | string.</p></li> |
| 2813 | |
| 2814 | <li><tt>bool addTypeName(const std::string &Name, const <a |
| 2815 | href="#Type">Type</a> *Ty)</tt> |
| 2816 | |
| 2817 | <p>Insert an entry in the <a href="#SymbolTable"><tt>SymbolTable</tt></a> |
| 2818 | mapping <tt>Name</tt> to <tt>Ty</tt>. If there is already an entry for this |
| 2819 | name, true is returned and the <a |
| 2820 | href="#SymbolTable"><tt>SymbolTable</tt></a> is not modified.</p></li> |
| 2821 | </ul> |
| 2822 | |
| 2823 | </div> |
| 2824 | |
| 2825 | |
Reid Spencer | 303c4b4 | 2007-01-12 17:26:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2826 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 2827 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2828 | <a name="Value">The <tt>Value</tt> class</a> |
| 2829 | </div> |
| 2830 | |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2831 | <div class="doc_text"> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2832 | |
| 2833 | <p><tt>#include "<a href="/doxygen/Value_8h-source.html">llvm/Value.h</a>"</tt> |
| 2834 | <br> |
Chris Lattner | 0081517 | 2007-01-04 22:01:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2835 | doxygen info: <a href="/doxygen/classllvm_1_1Value.html">Value Class</a></p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2836 | |
| 2837 | <p>The <tt>Value</tt> class is the most important class in the LLVM Source |
| 2838 | base. It represents a typed value that may be used (among other things) as an |
| 2839 | operand to an instruction. There are many different types of <tt>Value</tt>s, |
| 2840 | such as <a href="#Constant"><tt>Constant</tt></a>s,<a |
| 2841 | href="#Argument"><tt>Argument</tt></a>s. Even <a |
| 2842 | href="#Instruction"><tt>Instruction</tt></a>s and <a |
| 2843 | href="#Function"><tt>Function</tt></a>s are <tt>Value</tt>s.</p> |
| 2844 | |
| 2845 | <p>A particular <tt>Value</tt> may be used many times in the LLVM representation |
| 2846 | for a program. For example, an incoming argument to a function (represented |
| 2847 | with an instance of the <a href="#Argument">Argument</a> class) is "used" by |
| 2848 | every instruction in the function that references the argument. To keep track |
| 2849 | of this relationship, the <tt>Value</tt> class keeps a list of all of the <a |
| 2850 | href="#User"><tt>User</tt></a>s that is using it (the <a |
| 2851 | href="#User"><tt>User</tt></a> class is a base class for all nodes in the LLVM |
| 2852 | graph that can refer to <tt>Value</tt>s). This use list is how LLVM represents |
| 2853 | def-use information in the program, and is accessible through the <tt>use_</tt>* |
| 2854 | methods, shown below.</p> |
| 2855 | |
| 2856 | <p>Because LLVM is a typed representation, every LLVM <tt>Value</tt> is typed, |
| 2857 | and this <a href="#Type">Type</a> is available through the <tt>getType()</tt> |
| 2858 | method. In addition, all LLVM values can be named. The "name" of the |
| 2859 | <tt>Value</tt> is a symbolic string printed in the LLVM code:</p> |
| 2860 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2861 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 2862 | <pre> |
Reid Spencer | 06565dc | 2007-01-12 17:11:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2863 | %<b>foo</b> = add i32 1, 2 |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2864 | </pre> |
| 2865 | </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2866 | |
Duncan Sands | 8036ca4 | 2007-03-30 12:22:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2867 | <p><a name="nameWarning">The name of this instruction is "foo".</a> <b>NOTE</b> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2868 | that the name of any value may be missing (an empty string), so names should |
| 2869 | <b>ONLY</b> be used for debugging (making the source code easier to read, |
| 2870 | debugging printouts), they should not be used to keep track of values or map |
| 2871 | between them. For this purpose, use a <tt>std::map</tt> of pointers to the |
| 2872 | <tt>Value</tt> itself instead.</p> |
| 2873 | |
| 2874 | <p>One important aspect of LLVM is that there is no distinction between an SSA |
| 2875 | variable and the operation that produces it. Because of this, any reference to |
| 2876 | the value produced by an instruction (or the value available as an incoming |
Chris Lattner | d5fc4fc | 2004-03-18 14:58:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2877 | argument, for example) is represented as a direct pointer to the instance of |
| 2878 | the class that |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2879 | represents this value. Although this may take some getting used to, it |
| 2880 | simplifies the representation and makes it easier to manipulate.</p> |
| 2881 | |
| 2882 | </div> |
| 2883 | |
| 2884 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 2885 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 2886 | <a name="m_Value">Important Public Members of the <tt>Value</tt> class</a> |
| 2887 | </div> |
| 2888 | |
| 2889 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 2890 | |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2891 | <ul> |
| 2892 | <li><tt>Value::use_iterator</tt> - Typedef for iterator over the |
| 2893 | use-list<br> |
| 2894 | <tt>Value::use_const_iterator</tt> - Typedef for const_iterator over |
| 2895 | the use-list<br> |
| 2896 | <tt>unsigned use_size()</tt> - Returns the number of users of the |
| 2897 | value.<br> |
Chris Lattner | 9355b47 | 2002-09-06 02:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2898 | <tt>bool use_empty()</tt> - Returns true if there are no users.<br> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2899 | <tt>use_iterator use_begin()</tt> - Get an iterator to the start of |
| 2900 | the use-list.<br> |
| 2901 | <tt>use_iterator use_end()</tt> - Get an iterator to the end of the |
| 2902 | use-list.<br> |
| 2903 | <tt><a href="#User">User</a> *use_back()</tt> - Returns the last |
| 2904 | element in the list. |
| 2905 | <p> These methods are the interface to access the def-use |
| 2906 | information in LLVM. As with all other iterators in LLVM, the naming |
| 2907 | conventions follow the conventions defined by the <a href="#stl">STL</a>.</p> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2908 | </li> |
| 2909 | <li><tt><a href="#Type">Type</a> *getType() const</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2910 | <p>This method returns the Type of the Value.</p> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2911 | </li> |
| 2912 | <li><tt>bool hasName() const</tt><br> |
Chris Lattner | 9355b47 | 2002-09-06 02:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2913 | <tt>std::string getName() const</tt><br> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2914 | <tt>void setName(const std::string &Name)</tt> |
| 2915 | <p> This family of methods is used to access and assign a name to a <tt>Value</tt>, |
| 2916 | be aware of the <a href="#nameWarning">precaution above</a>.</p> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2917 | </li> |
| 2918 | <li><tt>void replaceAllUsesWith(Value *V)</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2919 | |
| 2920 | <p>This method traverses the use list of a <tt>Value</tt> changing all <a |
| 2921 | href="#User"><tt>User</tt>s</a> of the current value to refer to |
| 2922 | "<tt>V</tt>" instead. For example, if you detect that an instruction always |
| 2923 | produces a constant value (for example through constant folding), you can |
| 2924 | replace all uses of the instruction with the constant like this:</p> |
| 2925 | |
Bill Wendling | 3cd5ca6 | 2006-10-11 06:30:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2926 | <div class="doc_code"> |
| 2927 | <pre> |
| 2928 | Inst->replaceAllUsesWith(ConstVal); |
| 2929 | </pre> |
| 2930 | </div> |
| 2931 | |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2932 | </ul> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2933 | |
| 2934 | </div> |
| 2935 | |
| 2936 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 2937 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
| 2938 | <a name="User">The <tt>User</tt> class</a> |
| 2939 | </div> |
| 2940 | |
| 2941 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 2942 | |
| 2943 | <p> |
| 2944 | <tt>#include "<a href="/doxygen/User_8h-source.html">llvm/User.h</a>"</tt><br> |
Misha Brukman | 384047f | 2004-06-03 23:29:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2945 | doxygen info: <a href="/doxygen/classllvm_1_1User.html">User Class</a><br> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2946 | Superclass: <a href="#Value"><tt>Value</tt></a></p> |
| 2947 | |
| 2948 | <p>The <tt>User</tt> class is the common base class of all LLVM nodes that may |
| 2949 | refer to <a href="#Value"><tt>Value</tt></a>s. It exposes a list of "Operands" |
| 2950 | that are all of the <a href="#Value"><tt>Value</tt></a>s that the User is |
| 2951 | referring to. The <tt>User</tt> class itself is a subclass of |
| 2952 | <tt>Value</tt>.</p> |
| 2953 | |
| 2954 | <p>The operands of a <tt>User</tt> point directly to the LLVM <a |
| 2955 | href="#Value"><tt>Value</tt></a> that it refers to. Because LLVM uses Static |
| 2956 | Single Assignment (SSA) form, there can only be one definition referred to, |
| 2957 | allowing this direct connection. This connection provides the use-def |
| 2958 | information in LLVM.</p> |
| 2959 | |
| 2960 | </div> |
| 2961 | |
| 2962 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 2963 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 2964 | <a name="m_User">Important Public Members of the <tt>User</tt> class</a> |
| 2965 | </div> |
| 2966 | |
| 2967 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 2968 | |
| 2969 | <p>The <tt>User</tt> class exposes the operand list in two ways: through |
| 2970 | an index access interface and through an iterator based interface.</p> |
| 2971 | |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2972 | <ul> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2973 | <li><tt>Value *getOperand(unsigned i)</tt><br> |
| 2974 | <tt>unsigned getNumOperands()</tt> |
| 2975 | <p> These two methods expose the operands of the <tt>User</tt> in a |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2976 | convenient form for direct access.</p></li> |
| 2977 | |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2978 | <li><tt>User::op_iterator</tt> - Typedef for iterator over the operand |
| 2979 | list<br> |
Chris Lattner | 5836082 | 2005-01-17 00:12:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2980 | <tt>op_iterator op_begin()</tt> - Get an iterator to the start of |
| 2981 | the operand list.<br> |
| 2982 | <tt>op_iterator op_end()</tt> - Get an iterator to the end of the |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2983 | operand list. |
| 2984 | <p> Together, these methods make up the iterator based interface to |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2985 | the operands of a <tt>User</tt>.</p></li> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2986 | </ul> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2987 | |
| 2988 | </div> |
| 2989 | |
| 2990 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 2991 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
| 2992 | <a name="Instruction">The <tt>Instruction</tt> class</a> |
| 2993 | </div> |
| 2994 | |
| 2995 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 2996 | |
| 2997 | <p><tt>#include "</tt><tt><a |
| 2998 | href="/doxygen/Instruction_8h-source.html">llvm/Instruction.h</a>"</tt><br> |
Misha Brukman | 31ca1de | 2004-06-03 23:35:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2999 | doxygen info: <a href="/doxygen/classllvm_1_1Instruction.html">Instruction Class</a><br> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3000 | Superclasses: <a href="#User"><tt>User</tt></a>, <a |
| 3001 | href="#Value"><tt>Value</tt></a></p> |
| 3002 | |
| 3003 | <p>The <tt>Instruction</tt> class is the common base class for all LLVM |
| 3004 | instructions. It provides only a few methods, but is a very commonly used |
| 3005 | class. The primary data tracked by the <tt>Instruction</tt> class itself is the |
| 3006 | opcode (instruction type) and the parent <a |
| 3007 | href="#BasicBlock"><tt>BasicBlock</tt></a> the <tt>Instruction</tt> is embedded |
| 3008 | into. To represent a specific type of instruction, one of many subclasses of |
| 3009 | <tt>Instruction</tt> are used.</p> |
| 3010 | |
| 3011 | <p> Because the <tt>Instruction</tt> class subclasses the <a |
| 3012 | href="#User"><tt>User</tt></a> class, its operands can be accessed in the same |
| 3013 | way as for other <a href="#User"><tt>User</tt></a>s (with the |
| 3014 | <tt>getOperand()</tt>/<tt>getNumOperands()</tt> and |
| 3015 | <tt>op_begin()</tt>/<tt>op_end()</tt> methods).</p> <p> An important file for |
| 3016 | the <tt>Instruction</tt> class is the <tt>llvm/Instruction.def</tt> file. This |
| 3017 | file contains some meta-data about the various different types of instructions |
| 3018 | in LLVM. It describes the enum values that are used as opcodes (for example |
Reid Spencer | c92d25d | 2006-12-19 19:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3019 | <tt>Instruction::Add</tt> and <tt>Instruction::ICmp</tt>), as well as the |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3020 | concrete sub-classes of <tt>Instruction</tt> that implement the instruction (for |
| 3021 | example <tt><a href="#BinaryOperator">BinaryOperator</a></tt> and <tt><a |
Reid Spencer | c92d25d | 2006-12-19 19:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3022 | href="#CmpInst">CmpInst</a></tt>). Unfortunately, the use of macros in |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3023 | this file confuses doxygen, so these enum values don't show up correctly in the |
Misha Brukman | 31ca1de | 2004-06-03 23:35:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3024 | <a href="/doxygen/classllvm_1_1Instruction.html">doxygen output</a>.</p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3025 | |
| 3026 | </div> |
| 3027 | |
| 3028 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 3029 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
Reid Spencer | c92d25d | 2006-12-19 19:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3030 | <a name="s_Instruction">Important Subclasses of the <tt>Instruction</tt> |
| 3031 | class</a> |
| 3032 | </div> |
| 3033 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 3034 | <ul> |
| 3035 | <li><tt><a name="BinaryOperator">BinaryOperator</a></tt> |
| 3036 | <p>This subclasses represents all two operand instructions whose operands |
| 3037 | must be the same type, except for the comparison instructions.</p></li> |
| 3038 | <li><tt><a name="CastInst">CastInst</a></tt> |
| 3039 | <p>This subclass is the parent of the 12 casting instructions. It provides |
| 3040 | common operations on cast instructions.</p> |
| 3041 | <li><tt><a name="CmpInst">CmpInst</a></tt> |
| 3042 | <p>This subclass respresents the two comparison instructions, |
| 3043 | <a href="LangRef.html#i_icmp">ICmpInst</a> (integer opreands), and |
| 3044 | <a href="LangRef.html#i_fcmp">FCmpInst</a> (floating point operands).</p> |
| 3045 | <li><tt><a name="TerminatorInst">TerminatorInst</a></tt> |
| 3046 | <p>This subclass is the parent of all terminator instructions (those which |
| 3047 | can terminate a block).</p> |
| 3048 | </ul> |
| 3049 | </div> |
| 3050 | |
| 3051 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 3052 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3053 | <a name="m_Instruction">Important Public Members of the <tt>Instruction</tt> |
| 3054 | class</a> |
| 3055 | </div> |
| 3056 | |
| 3057 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 3058 | |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3059 | <ul> |
| 3060 | <li><tt><a href="#BasicBlock">BasicBlock</a> *getParent()</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3061 | <p>Returns the <a href="#BasicBlock"><tt>BasicBlock</tt></a> that |
| 3062 | this <tt>Instruction</tt> is embedded into.</p></li> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3063 | <li><tt>bool mayWriteToMemory()</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3064 | <p>Returns true if the instruction writes to memory, i.e. it is a |
| 3065 | <tt>call</tt>,<tt>free</tt>,<tt>invoke</tt>, or <tt>store</tt>.</p></li> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3066 | <li><tt>unsigned getOpcode()</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3067 | <p>Returns the opcode for the <tt>Instruction</tt>.</p></li> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3068 | <li><tt><a href="#Instruction">Instruction</a> *clone() const</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3069 | <p>Returns another instance of the specified instruction, identical |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3070 | in all ways to the original except that the instruction has no parent |
| 3071 | (ie it's not embedded into a <a href="#BasicBlock"><tt>BasicBlock</tt></a>), |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3072 | and it has no name</p></li> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3073 | </ul> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3074 | |
| 3075 | </div> |
| 3076 | |
| 3077 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 3078 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3079 | <a name="Constant">The <tt>Constant</tt> class and subclasses</a> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3080 | </div> |
| 3081 | |
| 3082 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 3083 | |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3084 | <p>Constant represents a base class for different types of constants. It |
| 3085 | is subclassed by ConstantInt, ConstantArray, etc. for representing |
| 3086 | the various types of Constants. <a href="#GlobalValue">GlobalValue</a> is also |
| 3087 | a subclass, which represents the address of a global variable or function. |
| 3088 | </p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3089 | |
| 3090 | </div> |
| 3091 | |
| 3092 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3093 | <div class="doc_subsubsection">Important Subclasses of Constant </div> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3094 | <div class="doc_text"> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3095 | <ul> |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3096 | <li>ConstantInt : This subclass of Constant represents an integer constant of |
| 3097 | any width. |
| 3098 | <ul> |
Reid Spencer | 97b4ee3 | 2007-03-01 21:05:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3099 | <li><tt>const APInt& getValue() const</tt>: Returns the underlying |
| 3100 | value of this constant, an APInt value.</li> |
| 3101 | <li><tt>int64_t getSExtValue() const</tt>: Converts the underlying APInt |
| 3102 | value to an int64_t via sign extension. If the value (not the bit width) |
| 3103 | of the APInt is too large to fit in an int64_t, an assertion will result. |
| 3104 | For this reason, use of this method is discouraged.</li> |
| 3105 | <li><tt>uint64_t getZExtValue() const</tt>: Converts the underlying APInt |
| 3106 | value to a uint64_t via zero extension. IF the value (not the bit width) |
| 3107 | of the APInt is too large to fit in a uint64_t, an assertion will result. |
Reid Spencer | 4474d87 | 2007-03-02 01:31:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3108 | For this reason, use of this method is discouraged.</li> |
Reid Spencer | 97b4ee3 | 2007-03-01 21:05:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3109 | <li><tt>static ConstantInt* get(const APInt& Val)</tt>: Returns the |
| 3110 | ConstantInt object that represents the value provided by <tt>Val</tt>. |
| 3111 | The type is implied as the IntegerType that corresponds to the bit width |
| 3112 | of <tt>Val</tt>.</li> |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3113 | <li><tt>static ConstantInt* get(const Type *Ty, uint64_t Val)</tt>: |
| 3114 | Returns the ConstantInt object that represents the value provided by |
| 3115 | <tt>Val</tt> for integer type <tt>Ty</tt>.</li> |
| 3116 | </ul> |
| 3117 | </li> |
| 3118 | <li>ConstantFP : This class represents a floating point constant. |
| 3119 | <ul> |
| 3120 | <li><tt>double getValue() const</tt>: Returns the underlying value of |
| 3121 | this constant. </li> |
| 3122 | </ul> |
| 3123 | </li> |
| 3124 | <li>ConstantArray : This represents a constant array. |
| 3125 | <ul> |
| 3126 | <li><tt>const std::vector<Use> &getValues() const</tt>: Returns |
| 3127 | a vector of component constants that makeup this array. </li> |
| 3128 | </ul> |
| 3129 | </li> |
| 3130 | <li>ConstantStruct : This represents a constant struct. |
| 3131 | <ul> |
| 3132 | <li><tt>const std::vector<Use> &getValues() const</tt>: Returns |
| 3133 | a vector of component constants that makeup this array. </li> |
| 3134 | </ul> |
| 3135 | </li> |
| 3136 | <li>GlobalValue : This represents either a global variable or a function. In |
| 3137 | either case, the value is a constant fixed address (after linking). |
| 3138 | </li> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3139 | </ul> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3140 | </div> |
| 3141 | |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3142 | |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3143 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 3144 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
| 3145 | <a name="GlobalValue">The <tt>GlobalValue</tt> class</a> |
| 3146 | </div> |
| 3147 | |
| 3148 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 3149 | |
| 3150 | <p><tt>#include "<a |
| 3151 | href="/doxygen/GlobalValue_8h-source.html">llvm/GlobalValue.h</a>"</tt><br> |
Misha Brukman | 384047f | 2004-06-03 23:29:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3152 | doxygen info: <a href="/doxygen/classllvm_1_1GlobalValue.html">GlobalValue |
| 3153 | Class</a><br> |
Reid Spencer | be5e85e | 2006-04-14 14:11:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3154 | Superclasses: <a href="#Constant"><tt>Constant</tt></a>, |
| 3155 | <a href="#User"><tt>User</tt></a>, <a href="#Value"><tt>Value</tt></a></p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3156 | |
| 3157 | <p>Global values (<a href="#GlobalVariable"><tt>GlobalVariable</tt></a>s or <a |
| 3158 | href="#Function"><tt>Function</tt></a>s) are the only LLVM values that are |
| 3159 | visible in the bodies of all <a href="#Function"><tt>Function</tt></a>s. |
| 3160 | Because they are visible at global scope, they are also subject to linking with |
| 3161 | other globals defined in different translation units. To control the linking |
| 3162 | process, <tt>GlobalValue</tt>s know their linkage rules. Specifically, |
| 3163 | <tt>GlobalValue</tt>s know whether they have internal or external linkage, as |
Reid Spencer | 8b2da7a | 2004-07-18 13:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3164 | defined by the <tt>LinkageTypes</tt> enumeration.</p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3165 | |
| 3166 | <p>If a <tt>GlobalValue</tt> has internal linkage (equivalent to being |
| 3167 | <tt>static</tt> in C), it is not visible to code outside the current translation |
| 3168 | unit, and does not participate in linking. If it has external linkage, it is |
| 3169 | visible to external code, and does participate in linking. In addition to |
| 3170 | linkage information, <tt>GlobalValue</tt>s keep track of which <a |
| 3171 | href="#Module"><tt>Module</tt></a> they are currently part of.</p> |
| 3172 | |
| 3173 | <p>Because <tt>GlobalValue</tt>s are memory objects, they are always referred to |
| 3174 | by their <b>address</b>. As such, the <a href="#Type"><tt>Type</tt></a> of a |
| 3175 | global is always a pointer to its contents. It is important to remember this |
| 3176 | when using the <tt>GetElementPtrInst</tt> instruction because this pointer must |
| 3177 | be dereferenced first. For example, if you have a <tt>GlobalVariable</tt> (a |
| 3178 | subclass of <tt>GlobalValue)</tt> that is an array of 24 ints, type <tt>[24 x |
Reid Spencer | 06565dc | 2007-01-12 17:11:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3179 | i32]</tt>, then the <tt>GlobalVariable</tt> is a pointer to that array. Although |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3180 | the address of the first element of this array and the value of the |
| 3181 | <tt>GlobalVariable</tt> are the same, they have different types. The |
Reid Spencer | 06565dc | 2007-01-12 17:11:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3182 | <tt>GlobalVariable</tt>'s type is <tt>[24 x i32]</tt>. The first element's type |
| 3183 | is <tt>i32.</tt> Because of this, accessing a global value requires you to |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3184 | dereference the pointer with <tt>GetElementPtrInst</tt> first, then its elements |
| 3185 | can be accessed. This is explained in the <a href="LangRef.html#globalvars">LLVM |
| 3186 | Language Reference Manual</a>.</p> |
| 3187 | |
| 3188 | </div> |
| 3189 | |
| 3190 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 3191 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 3192 | <a name="m_GlobalValue">Important Public Members of the <tt>GlobalValue</tt> |
| 3193 | class</a> |
| 3194 | </div> |
| 3195 | |
| 3196 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 3197 | |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3198 | <ul> |
| 3199 | <li><tt>bool hasInternalLinkage() const</tt><br> |
Chris Lattner | 9355b47 | 2002-09-06 02:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3200 | <tt>bool hasExternalLinkage() const</tt><br> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3201 | <tt>void setInternalLinkage(bool HasInternalLinkage)</tt> |
| 3202 | <p> These methods manipulate the linkage characteristics of the <tt>GlobalValue</tt>.</p> |
| 3203 | <p> </p> |
| 3204 | </li> |
| 3205 | <li><tt><a href="#Module">Module</a> *getParent()</tt> |
| 3206 | <p> This returns the <a href="#Module"><tt>Module</tt></a> that the |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3207 | GlobalValue is currently embedded into.</p></li> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3208 | </ul> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3209 | |
| 3210 | </div> |
| 3211 | |
| 3212 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 3213 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
| 3214 | <a name="Function">The <tt>Function</tt> class</a> |
| 3215 | </div> |
| 3216 | |
| 3217 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 3218 | |
| 3219 | <p><tt>#include "<a |
| 3220 | href="/doxygen/Function_8h-source.html">llvm/Function.h</a>"</tt><br> doxygen |
Misha Brukman | 31ca1de | 2004-06-03 23:35:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3221 | info: <a href="/doxygen/classllvm_1_1Function.html">Function Class</a><br> |
Reid Spencer | be5e85e | 2006-04-14 14:11:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3222 | Superclasses: <a href="#GlobalValue"><tt>GlobalValue</tt></a>, |
| 3223 | <a href="#Constant"><tt>Constant</tt></a>, |
| 3224 | <a href="#User"><tt>User</tt></a>, |
| 3225 | <a href="#Value"><tt>Value</tt></a></p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3226 | |
| 3227 | <p>The <tt>Function</tt> class represents a single procedure in LLVM. It is |
| 3228 | actually one of the more complex classes in the LLVM heirarchy because it must |
| 3229 | keep track of a large amount of data. The <tt>Function</tt> class keeps track |
Reid Spencer | be5e85e | 2006-04-14 14:11:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3230 | of a list of <a href="#BasicBlock"><tt>BasicBlock</tt></a>s, a list of formal |
| 3231 | <a href="#Argument"><tt>Argument</tt></a>s, and a |
| 3232 | <a href="#SymbolTable"><tt>SymbolTable</tt></a>.</p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3233 | |
| 3234 | <p>The list of <a href="#BasicBlock"><tt>BasicBlock</tt></a>s is the most |
| 3235 | commonly used part of <tt>Function</tt> objects. The list imposes an implicit |
| 3236 | ordering of the blocks in the function, which indicate how the code will be |
| 3237 | layed out by the backend. Additionally, the first <a |
| 3238 | href="#BasicBlock"><tt>BasicBlock</tt></a> is the implicit entry node for the |
| 3239 | <tt>Function</tt>. It is not legal in LLVM to explicitly branch to this initial |
| 3240 | block. There are no implicit exit nodes, and in fact there may be multiple exit |
| 3241 | nodes from a single <tt>Function</tt>. If the <a |
| 3242 | href="#BasicBlock"><tt>BasicBlock</tt></a> list is empty, this indicates that |
| 3243 | the <tt>Function</tt> is actually a function declaration: the actual body of the |
| 3244 | function hasn't been linked in yet.</p> |
| 3245 | |
| 3246 | <p>In addition to a list of <a href="#BasicBlock"><tt>BasicBlock</tt></a>s, the |
| 3247 | <tt>Function</tt> class also keeps track of the list of formal <a |
| 3248 | href="#Argument"><tt>Argument</tt></a>s that the function receives. This |
| 3249 | container manages the lifetime of the <a href="#Argument"><tt>Argument</tt></a> |
| 3250 | nodes, just like the <a href="#BasicBlock"><tt>BasicBlock</tt></a> list does for |
| 3251 | the <a href="#BasicBlock"><tt>BasicBlock</tt></a>s.</p> |
| 3252 | |
| 3253 | <p>The <a href="#SymbolTable"><tt>SymbolTable</tt></a> is a very rarely used |
| 3254 | LLVM feature that is only used when you have to look up a value by name. Aside |
| 3255 | from that, the <a href="#SymbolTable"><tt>SymbolTable</tt></a> is used |
| 3256 | internally to make sure that there are not conflicts between the names of <a |
| 3257 | href="#Instruction"><tt>Instruction</tt></a>s, <a |
| 3258 | href="#BasicBlock"><tt>BasicBlock</tt></a>s, or <a |
| 3259 | href="#Argument"><tt>Argument</tt></a>s in the function body.</p> |
| 3260 | |
Reid Spencer | 8b2da7a | 2004-07-18 13:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3261 | <p>Note that <tt>Function</tt> is a <a href="#GlobalValue">GlobalValue</a> |
| 3262 | and therefore also a <a href="#Constant">Constant</a>. The value of the function |
| 3263 | is its address (after linking) which is guaranteed to be constant.</p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3264 | </div> |
| 3265 | |
| 3266 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 3267 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 3268 | <a name="m_Function">Important Public Members of the <tt>Function</tt> |
| 3269 | class</a> |
| 3270 | </div> |
| 3271 | |
| 3272 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 3273 | |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3274 | <ul> |
| 3275 | <li><tt>Function(const </tt><tt><a href="#FunctionType">FunctionType</a> |
Chris Lattner | ac479e5 | 2004-08-04 05:10:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3276 | *Ty, LinkageTypes Linkage, const std::string &N = "", Module* Parent = 0)</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3277 | |
| 3278 | <p>Constructor used when you need to create new <tt>Function</tt>s to add |
| 3279 | the the program. The constructor must specify the type of the function to |
Chris Lattner | ac479e5 | 2004-08-04 05:10:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3280 | create and what type of linkage the function should have. The <a |
| 3281 | href="#FunctionType"><tt>FunctionType</tt></a> argument |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3282 | specifies the formal arguments and return value for the function. The same |
Duncan Sands | 8036ca4 | 2007-03-30 12:22:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3283 | <a href="#FunctionType"><tt>FunctionType</tt></a> value can be used to |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3284 | create multiple functions. The <tt>Parent</tt> argument specifies the Module |
| 3285 | in which the function is defined. If this argument is provided, the function |
| 3286 | will automatically be inserted into that module's list of |
| 3287 | functions.</p></li> |
| 3288 | |
Chris Lattner | 62810e3 | 2008-11-25 18:34:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3289 | <li><tt>bool isDeclaration()</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3290 | |
| 3291 | <p>Return whether or not the <tt>Function</tt> has a body defined. If the |
| 3292 | function is "external", it does not have a body, and thus must be resolved |
| 3293 | by linking with a function defined in a different translation unit.</p></li> |
| 3294 | |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3295 | <li><tt>Function::iterator</tt> - Typedef for basic block list iterator<br> |
Chris Lattner | 9355b47 | 2002-09-06 02:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3296 | <tt>Function::const_iterator</tt> - Typedef for const_iterator.<br> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3297 | |
Chris Lattner | 77d6924 | 2005-03-15 05:19:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3298 | <tt>begin()</tt>, <tt>end()</tt> |
| 3299 | <tt>size()</tt>, <tt>empty()</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3300 | |
| 3301 | <p>These are forwarding methods that make it easy to access the contents of |
| 3302 | a <tt>Function</tt> object's <a href="#BasicBlock"><tt>BasicBlock</tt></a> |
| 3303 | list.</p></li> |
| 3304 | |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3305 | <li><tt>Function::BasicBlockListType &getBasicBlockList()</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3306 | |
| 3307 | <p>Returns the list of <a href="#BasicBlock"><tt>BasicBlock</tt></a>s. This |
| 3308 | is necessary to use when you need to update the list or perform a complex |
| 3309 | action that doesn't have a forwarding method.</p></li> |
| 3310 | |
Chris Lattner | 89cc265 | 2005-03-15 04:48:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3311 | <li><tt>Function::arg_iterator</tt> - Typedef for the argument list |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3312 | iterator<br> |
Chris Lattner | 89cc265 | 2005-03-15 04:48:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3313 | <tt>Function::const_arg_iterator</tt> - Typedef for const_iterator.<br> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3314 | |
Chris Lattner | 77d6924 | 2005-03-15 05:19:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3315 | <tt>arg_begin()</tt>, <tt>arg_end()</tt> |
Chris Lattner | 89cc265 | 2005-03-15 04:48:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3316 | <tt>arg_size()</tt>, <tt>arg_empty()</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3317 | |
| 3318 | <p>These are forwarding methods that make it easy to access the contents of |
| 3319 | a <tt>Function</tt> object's <a href="#Argument"><tt>Argument</tt></a> |
| 3320 | list.</p></li> |
| 3321 | |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3322 | <li><tt>Function::ArgumentListType &getArgumentList()</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3323 | |
| 3324 | <p>Returns the list of <a href="#Argument"><tt>Argument</tt></a>s. This is |
| 3325 | necessary to use when you need to update the list or perform a complex |
| 3326 | action that doesn't have a forwarding method.</p></li> |
| 3327 | |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3328 | <li><tt><a href="#BasicBlock">BasicBlock</a> &getEntryBlock()</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3329 | |
| 3330 | <p>Returns the entry <a href="#BasicBlock"><tt>BasicBlock</tt></a> for the |
| 3331 | function. Because the entry block for the function is always the first |
| 3332 | block, this returns the first block of the <tt>Function</tt>.</p></li> |
| 3333 | |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3334 | <li><tt><a href="#Type">Type</a> *getReturnType()</tt><br> |
| 3335 | <tt><a href="#FunctionType">FunctionType</a> *getFunctionType()</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3336 | |
| 3337 | <p>This traverses the <a href="#Type"><tt>Type</tt></a> of the |
| 3338 | <tt>Function</tt> and returns the return type of the function, or the <a |
| 3339 | href="#FunctionType"><tt>FunctionType</tt></a> of the actual |
| 3340 | function.</p></li> |
| 3341 | |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3342 | <li><tt><a href="#SymbolTable">SymbolTable</a> *getSymbolTable()</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3343 | |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3344 | <p> Return a pointer to the <a href="#SymbolTable"><tt>SymbolTable</tt></a> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3345 | for this <tt>Function</tt>.</p></li> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3346 | </ul> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3347 | |
| 3348 | </div> |
| 3349 | |
| 3350 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 3351 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
| 3352 | <a name="GlobalVariable">The <tt>GlobalVariable</tt> class</a> |
| 3353 | </div> |
| 3354 | |
| 3355 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 3356 | |
| 3357 | <p><tt>#include "<a |
| 3358 | href="/doxygen/GlobalVariable_8h-source.html">llvm/GlobalVariable.h</a>"</tt> |
| 3359 | <br> |
Tanya Lattner | a3da777 | 2004-06-22 08:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3360 | doxygen info: <a href="/doxygen/classllvm_1_1GlobalVariable.html">GlobalVariable |
Reid Spencer | be5e85e | 2006-04-14 14:11:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3361 | Class</a><br> |
| 3362 | Superclasses: <a href="#GlobalValue"><tt>GlobalValue</tt></a>, |
| 3363 | <a href="#Constant"><tt>Constant</tt></a>, |
| 3364 | <a href="#User"><tt>User</tt></a>, |
| 3365 | <a href="#Value"><tt>Value</tt></a></p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3366 | |
| 3367 | <p>Global variables are represented with the (suprise suprise) |
| 3368 | <tt>GlobalVariable</tt> class. Like functions, <tt>GlobalVariable</tt>s are also |
| 3369 | subclasses of <a href="#GlobalValue"><tt>GlobalValue</tt></a>, and as such are |
| 3370 | always referenced by their address (global values must live in memory, so their |
Reid Spencer | be5e85e | 2006-04-14 14:11:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3371 | "name" refers to their constant address). See |
| 3372 | <a href="#GlobalValue"><tt>GlobalValue</tt></a> for more on this. Global |
| 3373 | variables may have an initial value (which must be a |
| 3374 | <a href="#Constant"><tt>Constant</tt></a>), and if they have an initializer, |
| 3375 | they may be marked as "constant" themselves (indicating that their contents |
| 3376 | never change at runtime).</p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3377 | </div> |
| 3378 | |
| 3379 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 3380 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
| 3381 | <a name="m_GlobalVariable">Important Public Members of the |
| 3382 | <tt>GlobalVariable</tt> class</a> |
| 3383 | </div> |
| 3384 | |
| 3385 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 3386 | |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3387 | <ul> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3388 | <li><tt>GlobalVariable(const </tt><tt><a href="#Type">Type</a> *Ty, bool |
| 3389 | isConstant, LinkageTypes& Linkage, <a href="#Constant">Constant</a> |
| 3390 | *Initializer = 0, const std::string &Name = "", Module* Parent = 0)</tt> |
| 3391 | |
| 3392 | <p>Create a new global variable of the specified type. If |
| 3393 | <tt>isConstant</tt> is true then the global variable will be marked as |
| 3394 | unchanging for the program. The Linkage parameter specifies the type of |
Duncan Sands | 667d4b8 | 2009-03-07 15:45:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3395 | linkage (internal, external, weak, linkonce, appending) for the variable. |
| 3396 | If the linkage is InternalLinkage, WeakAnyLinkage, WeakODRLinkage, |
| 3397 | LinkOnceAnyLinkage or LinkOnceODRLinkage, then the resultant |
| 3398 | global variable will have internal linkage. AppendingLinkage concatenates |
| 3399 | together all instances (in different translation units) of the variable |
| 3400 | into a single variable but is only applicable to arrays. See |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3401 | the <a href="LangRef.html#modulestructure">LLVM Language Reference</a> for |
| 3402 | further details on linkage types. Optionally an initializer, a name, and the |
| 3403 | module to put the variable into may be specified for the global variable as |
| 3404 | well.</p></li> |
| 3405 | |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3406 | <li><tt>bool isConstant() const</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3407 | |
| 3408 | <p>Returns true if this is a global variable that is known not to |
| 3409 | be modified at runtime.</p></li> |
| 3410 | |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3411 | <li><tt>bool hasInitializer()</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3412 | |
| 3413 | <p>Returns true if this <tt>GlobalVariable</tt> has an intializer.</p></li> |
| 3414 | |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3415 | <li><tt><a href="#Constant">Constant</a> *getInitializer()</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3416 | |
| 3417 | <p>Returns the intial value for a <tt>GlobalVariable</tt>. It is not legal |
| 3418 | to call this method if there is no initializer.</p></li> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3419 | </ul> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3420 | |
| 3421 | </div> |
| 3422 | |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3423 | |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3424 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 3425 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3426 | <a name="BasicBlock">The <tt>BasicBlock</tt> class</a> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3427 | </div> |
| 3428 | |
| 3429 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 3430 | |
| 3431 | <p><tt>#include "<a |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3432 | href="/doxygen/BasicBlock_8h-source.html">llvm/BasicBlock.h</a>"</tt><br> |
| 3433 | doxygen info: <a href="/doxygen/structllvm_1_1BasicBlock.html">BasicBlock |
| 3434 | Class</a><br> |
| 3435 | Superclass: <a href="#Value"><tt>Value</tt></a></p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3436 | |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3437 | <p>This class represents a single entry multiple exit section of the code, |
| 3438 | commonly known as a basic block by the compiler community. The |
| 3439 | <tt>BasicBlock</tt> class maintains a list of <a |
| 3440 | href="#Instruction"><tt>Instruction</tt></a>s, which form the body of the block. |
| 3441 | Matching the language definition, the last element of this list of instructions |
| 3442 | is always a terminator instruction (a subclass of the <a |
| 3443 | href="#TerminatorInst"><tt>TerminatorInst</tt></a> class).</p> |
| 3444 | |
| 3445 | <p>In addition to tracking the list of instructions that make up the block, the |
| 3446 | <tt>BasicBlock</tt> class also keeps track of the <a |
| 3447 | href="#Function"><tt>Function</tt></a> that it is embedded into.</p> |
| 3448 | |
| 3449 | <p>Note that <tt>BasicBlock</tt>s themselves are <a |
| 3450 | href="#Value"><tt>Value</tt></a>s, because they are referenced by instructions |
| 3451 | like branches and can go in the switch tables. <tt>BasicBlock</tt>s have type |
| 3452 | <tt>label</tt>.</p> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3453 | |
| 3454 | </div> |
| 3455 | |
| 3456 | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> |
| 3457 | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3458 | <a name="m_BasicBlock">Important Public Members of the <tt>BasicBlock</tt> |
| 3459 | class</a> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3460 | </div> |
| 3461 | |
| 3462 | <div class="doc_text"> |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3463 | <ul> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3464 | |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3465 | <li><tt>BasicBlock(const std::string &Name = "", </tt><tt><a |
| 3466 | href="#Function">Function</a> *Parent = 0)</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3467 | |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3468 | <p>The <tt>BasicBlock</tt> constructor is used to create new basic blocks for |
| 3469 | insertion into a function. The constructor optionally takes a name for the new |
| 3470 | block, and a <a href="#Function"><tt>Function</tt></a> to insert it into. If |
| 3471 | the <tt>Parent</tt> parameter is specified, the new <tt>BasicBlock</tt> is |
| 3472 | automatically inserted at the end of the specified <a |
| 3473 | href="#Function"><tt>Function</tt></a>, if not specified, the BasicBlock must be |
| 3474 | manually inserted into the <a href="#Function"><tt>Function</tt></a>.</p></li> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3475 | |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3476 | <li><tt>BasicBlock::iterator</tt> - Typedef for instruction list iterator<br> |
| 3477 | <tt>BasicBlock::const_iterator</tt> - Typedef for const_iterator.<br> |
| 3478 | <tt>begin()</tt>, <tt>end()</tt>, <tt>front()</tt>, <tt>back()</tt>, |
| 3479 | <tt>size()</tt>, <tt>empty()</tt> |
| 3480 | STL-style functions for accessing the instruction list. |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3481 | |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3482 | <p>These methods and typedefs are forwarding functions that have the same |
| 3483 | semantics as the standard library methods of the same names. These methods |
| 3484 | expose the underlying instruction list of a basic block in a way that is easy to |
| 3485 | manipulate. To get the full complement of container operations (including |
| 3486 | operations to update the list), you must use the <tt>getInstList()</tt> |
| 3487 | method.</p></li> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3488 | |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3489 | <li><tt>BasicBlock::InstListType &getInstList()</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3490 | |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3491 | <p>This method is used to get access to the underlying container that actually |
| 3492 | holds the Instructions. This method must be used when there isn't a forwarding |
| 3493 | function in the <tt>BasicBlock</tt> class for the operation that you would like |
| 3494 | to perform. Because there are no forwarding functions for "updating" |
| 3495 | operations, you need to use this if you want to update the contents of a |
| 3496 | <tt>BasicBlock</tt>.</p></li> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3497 | |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3498 | <li><tt><a href="#Function">Function</a> *getParent()</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3499 | |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3500 | <p> Returns a pointer to <a href="#Function"><tt>Function</tt></a> the block is |
| 3501 | embedded into, or a null pointer if it is homeless.</p></li> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3502 | |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3503 | <li><tt><a href="#TerminatorInst">TerminatorInst</a> *getTerminator()</tt> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3504 | |
Chris Lattner | 2b78d96 | 2007-02-03 20:02:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3505 | <p> Returns a pointer to the terminator instruction that appears at the end of |
| 3506 | the <tt>BasicBlock</tt>. If there is no terminator instruction, or if the last |
| 3507 | instruction in the block is not a terminator, then a null pointer is |
| 3508 | returned.</p></li> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3509 | |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3510 | </ul> |
| 3511 | |
| 3512 | </div> |
| 3513 | |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3514 | |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3515 | <!-- ======================================================================= --> |
| 3516 | <div class="doc_subsection"> |
| 3517 | <a name="Argument">The <tt>Argument</tt> class</a> |
| 3518 | </div> |
| 3519 | |
| 3520 | <div class="doc_text"> |
| 3521 | |
| 3522 | <p>This subclass of Value defines the interface for incoming formal |
Chris Lattner | 5836082 | 2005-01-17 00:12:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3523 | arguments to a function. A Function maintains a list of its formal |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3524 | arguments. An argument has a pointer to the parent Function.</p> |
| 3525 | |
| 3526 | </div> |
| 3527 | |
Chris Lattner | 9355b47 | 2002-09-06 02:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3528 | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3529 | <hr> |
| 3530 | <address> |
| 3531 | <a href="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/check/referer"><img |
Misha Brukman | 4440870 | 2008-12-11 17:34:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3532 | src="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/images/vcss-blue" alt="Valid CSS"></a> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3533 | <a href="http://validator.w3.org/check/referer"><img |
Gabor Greif | a9c0f2b | 2008-06-18 14:05:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3534 | src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-html401" alt="Valid HTML 4.01 Strict"></a> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3535 | |
| 3536 | <a href="mailto:dhurjati@cs.uiuc.edu">Dinakar Dhurjati</a> and |
| 3537 | <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a><br> |
Reid Spencer | 05fe4b0 | 2006-03-14 05:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3538 | <a href="http://llvm.org">The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure</a><br> |
Misha Brukman | 13fd15c | 2004-01-15 00:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3539 | Last modified: $Date$ |
| 3540 | </address> |
| 3541 | |
Chris Lattner | 261efe9 | 2003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3542 | </body> |
| 3543 | </html> |